This is only a preview of the November 2008 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 29 of the 96 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Items relevant to "12V Speed Controller/Lamp Dimmer":
Items relevant to "USB Clock With LCD Readout, Pt.2":
Items relevant to "Wideband Air-Fuel Mixture Display Unit":
Items relevant to "IrDA Interface Board For The DSP Musicolour":
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $10.00. |
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.jaycar.com.au
Contents
Vol.21, No.11; November 2008
www.siliconchip.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
Features
12 Playing With The AirNav RadarBox
Want to track commercial aircraft anywhere in the world? The incredible
AirNav RadarBox lets you do it from your armchair – by Ross Tester
17 Review: Jaycar’s Sun-In-A-Box Solar Lighting Kit
Looking for a sub-$200 solar lighting kit for the shed, boat or campsite? This kit
comes complete with a high-efficiency 10W CIS solar panel – by Stan Swan
24 50 Years Of The Integrated Circuit
It’s hard to imagine how we ever got along without ICs but they’ve only been
around for 50 years – by Ross Tester
27 How Oxygen Sensors Work
The oxygen sensor is a critical component in your car’s engine management
system. Here’s a quick primer on how they work – by John Clarke
78 Robot-Operated Clarinet
Jaycar’s Sun-In-A-Box Solar
Lighting Kit – Page 17.
Clever Australian robot purses lips and plays the clarinet
Pro jects To Build
30 12V Speed Controller/Lamp Dimmer
Use it as a speed controller for 12V motors rated up to 5A or as a dimmer for
12V halogen or standard incandescent lamps (up to 50W) – by Leo Simpson
35 USB Clock With LCD Readout, Pt.2
Second article details the software installation, describes how to synchronise
to an internet time server and deals with firewall issues – by Mauro Grassi
58 Wideband Air-Fuel Mixture Display Unit
Combine it with a wideband oxygen sensor and controller and accurately
monitor air-fuel ratios as you drive – by John Clarke
12V Speed Controller/
Lamp Dimmer – Page 30.
71 IrDA Interface Board For The DSP Musicolour
Add a wireless infrared port to the DSP Musicolour or to virtually any
microcontroller project – by Mauro Grassi
Special Columns
40 Serviceman’s Log
Yes Serviceman: The Moral Dilemma – by the TV Serviceman
53 Circuit Notebook
(1) Phone Mute System For PA Sound Systems; (2) Converting A Linear
Pot To A Log Curve; (3) 12V-High Voltage Inverter; (4) Exerciser For Manual
Dexterity; (5) Speed Control For Bosch Cordless Screwdriver; (6) Vandal-Proof
Bell Button For Entry Gate
Wideband Air-Fuel
Mixture Display Unit – Page 58.
82 Vintage Radio
Those Mysterious Antenna Coils & Loop Antennas – by Rodney Champness
Departments
2
4
70
77
Publisher’s Letter
Mailbag
Book Review
Order Form
siliconchip.com.au
80
90
93
94
Product Showcase
Ask Silicon Chip
Notes & Errata
Market Centre
IrDA Interface
Board For DSP
Musicolour – Page 71.
November 2008 1
SILICON
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Publisher & Editor-in-Chief
Leo Simpson, B.Bus., FAICD
Production Manager
Greg Swain, B.Sc.(Hons.)
Technical Editor
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Technical Staff
Ross Tester
Jim Rowe, B.A., B.Sc, VK2ZLO
Mauro Grassi, B.Sc.(Hons.)
Photography
Ross Tester
Reader Services
Ann Morris
Advertising Enquiries
Glyn Smith
Phone (02) 9939 3295
Mobile 0431 792 293
glyn<at>siliconchip.com.au
Regular Contributors
Brendan Akhurst
Rodney Champness, VK3UG
Mike Sheriff, B.Sc, VK2YFK
Stan Swan
SILICON CHIP is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 003 205 490. ABN 49
003 205 490 All material copyright
©. No part of this publication may
be reproduced without the written
consent of the publisher.
Printing: Hannanprint, Noble Park,
Victoria.
Distribution: Network Distribution
Company.
Subscription rates: $89.50 per year
in Australia. For overseas rates, see
the subscription page in this issue.
Editorial office:
Unit 1, 234 Harbord Rd,
Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Postal address: PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Phone (02) 9939 3295.
Fax (02) 9939 2648.
E-mail: silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
ISSN 1030-2662
* Recommended and maximum price only.
2 Silicon Chip
Publisher’s Letter
Electrolysis of water in cars
is a fuel economy mirage
Two month’s ago, in the September 2008 issue, I
answered a question from a reader concerning the
supposed manufacture of Browns Gas. This is the
mixture of hydrogen and oxygen evolved from the
electrolysis of water. It is called Browns Gas in some
sort of canonisation of the ratbag engineer (Yull
Brown) who promoted the process in Australia some
30 years ago. This Browns gas is injected into the
engine’s inlet manifold to be burnt in the cylinders. Depending on the site
where you find this topic, this is claimed to give large gains in fuel economy.
Confronted with this nonsense, I gave a fairly detailed answer on the question in the hope that it might kill off the whole silly idea. But guess what?
Since then we seem to have had a rash of questions on the topic. Mostly these
questions are related to pulse width modulation circuits which could be used
to drive the electrolysis process and also control the current drawn, as it tends
to “run away”. None of the people who contact us on the topic have any idea
that it is just a silly idea. This is another consequence of a population who
have very little knowledge of science and technology.
Obviously my attempt to discredit the whole concept has so far been a complete failure. There seems to be an increasing interest in the process, possibly
driven by the production of hydrogen-powered prototype cars in the USA. It
should be obvious that this is a technological dead-end, but that is another
story, associated with the attempt to kill off the electric car in the USA some
years ago. So without repeating all of what I wrote in the September issue
(pages 89-90), let’s attempt to dispassionately review the topic of producing
hydrogen in a car so that it can be burnt in the engine.
First of all, the electrolysis of water into hydrogen and oxygen is a simple
but energy intensive process, even when platinum electrodes are used as a
catalyst. The popular internet process using stainless steel electrodes is much
less inefficient. To generate any significant amount of hydrogen, you need large
amounts of energy. That energy has to come from the car’s electrical system
(ie, battery and alternator) driven by the engine and fed from the petrol tank.
It should also be obvious that you also need to carry substantial quantities
of water – which is even heavier than petrol or diesel.
So we attempt to run a very inefficient chemical process in order to get
some hydrogen and oxygen to be used in the car’s engine. The claimed result
of this process is an overall improvement in fuel economy – as much as 15%
according to some claims.
To me, this just beggars belief. If it was that easy to get such a major increase
in fuel economy, why hasn’t a single car manufacturer ever done it? Why have
the car manufactures resorted to ever increasing complexity in their engines
to eke out fuel economy improvements over the decades? Why have Toyota
and Honda developed even more complex hybrid cars such as the Prius,
Insight, Civic and others, to get better fuel economy? Confronted with these
questions, some people start to mutter about oil company conspiracies . . .
Just in case, people don’t get the message, this process does not improve
overall fuel economy in the slightest – it can only lead to a decrease.
On the positive side, I suppose it is good that so many people are thinking
about ways of improving fuel economy in cars. It is just a great pity that more
people cannot see the blindingly obvious approaches to saving fuel: (1) Drive
a light car with a small engine and (2) drive less.
Leo Simpson
siliconchip.com.au
Whether you need a robot for research, an educational robot or just a
robot to have some fun with then we have a robot to suit your needs.
Tribotix’s custom designed Robots and electronics ….
Tribotix are now developing our own robots and associated
processing systems.
HyKim, a 21DOF robot bear, is one of the worlds most advanced commercially available robots.
HyKim
21 DOF Robot Bear
HyInt is the powerful processing system used within HyKim.
HyInt is based around a 500MHz AMD Geode processor
that can communicate at 1Mbps with Robotis’s range of
Dynamixel modules. This allows HyInt to be used as the
main processing system in any Dynamixel based robot.
Robotis CycloidII
with HyInt fitted.
Featured product …. RoboBuilder wCK modules & Robot Kits
RoboBuilder have created a fantastic robot kit based are around
their highly configurable wCK range of serially controlled servo
modules. RoboBuilder’s Creator Kits are now compatible with
Microsoft Robotic Studio (MSRS).
The wCK modules are unique, not only can the PID characteristics
of each module be adjusted, but each wCK module has 2 Analog
outputs and 1 Digital Input.
5710K Creator Kit (18wCK modules)
The wCK modules can also be programmed to perform simple
sequences, without the need for a host mcu. The wCK modules are
well worth considering for your next project.
Other products we supply ....
CoroWare
POB Technologies
Robotis
KumoTek
Kondo
Mention this add and receive free shipping within Australia for all orders placed before 25/12/08.
Tribotix Pty Ltd • ABN 23 108 604 226
p:+61 2 49578255 • f:+61 2 49578244
e:info<at>tribotix.com • w:www.tribotix.com
MAILBAG
Letters and emails should contain complete name, address and daytime phone number. Letters to
the Editor are submitted on the condition that Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd may edit and has the
right to reproduce in electronic form and communicate these letters. This also applies to submissions
to “Ask SILICON CHIP” and “Circuit Notebook”.
A balun IS
a transformer
Thank you for including my recent
letter in the October 2008 edition of
SILICON CHIP magazine. However, the
more I think about it, the more I’m
sure that your definition of a balun is
technically incorrect. As SILICON CHIP
shows the diagram of a balun (page
40, August 2008), it clearly represents
a simple coupling transformer with
a primary and a secondary, as per
conventional transformer definitions,
with the core used for coupling energy.
In the “choke” balun, as used in
typical RF antenna applications, the
choke balun windings are closely
coupled as a tight bifilar winding
and the RF energy is transferred essentially in “transmission line mode”
between the windings and not as in a
conventional transformer through flux
linkages. The core plays a significant
role but not the critical one. It serves
mainly to improve the low-frequency
TV could be used
for education
The editorial in the September
2008 issue touched a nerve, at least
as far as I am concerned. It echoed
thoughts that I have had for at least
30 years.
Although your editorial was directed at HDTV, the same could be
said for TV in general. Probably no
other medium reaches such a high
percentage of the population.
I know that it means different
things to different people but there
are many programs watched simply because the watcher considers
there is really nothing else to do. It
is also often used as a babysitter for
the young. How many young, fertile
minds have lacked development
due to endless hours of so-called
entertainment?
Sometime during the 1980s I recall a computer education program
4 Silicon Chip
response of the balun. This analysis
is the definition as explained in the
book ‘Transmission Line Transformers’, Third Edition by Jerry Sevick
W2FMI, a world authority on baluns
for RF applications.
Felix Scerri, VK4FUQ,
Ingham, Qld.
Comment: by definition a “balun” is a
“balanced to unbalanced” transformer. It serves to couple signals from a
balanced circuit (eg, a dipole antenna)
to an unbalanced circuit (eg, a receiver
input stage with one side referenced
to earth). You refer to “windings that
are closely coupled”. That describes
a transformer.
A transformer does not need a core
to be a transformer. Air-cored trans
formers are common in RF applications, apart from those referred to as
baluns.
None of the material you quote
from the textbook “Transmission Line
Transformers” contradicts this. Arguon the ABC but there has been precious little else. Sure, there are very
informative documentaries but these
are of a general nature. Who said that
TV has to be restricted to entertainment anyway?
Education via TV could help to
reverse the current skills shortage
without clogging up over-crowded
teaching institutions and occupying
teachers who are over-stretched anyway. Such institutions could then
be used for less-time-consuming
assessments after personal/private
study via TV.
The training concept opens up a
whole new range of potential advertisers for the broadcasters. How
many electronics-related suppliers
currently advertise on TV? Electronics-related training programs would
surely bring a few of them out.
Kevin Crockett,
Axedale, Vic.
ably, it merely obscures the point. Any
basic transformer consists of two or
more windings coupled together. Flux
is created by the primary winding and
is coupled to the secondary, whether
there is a core or not.
Furthermore, even where a balun
is made from lengths of coax cable
(transmission lines) and has no obvious windings, it can still be shown to be
a transformer, with flux being coupled
from one circuit to another.
Do not wire to
the Active pin
I agree that it’s a very bad idea for
D. J. to use a 240V power board for
12V. But the obvious simple change
to make it a lot safer would surely be
to rewire it from +12V on the Active
pin and common on the Neutral pin to
+12V on the Neutral pin and common
on the Earth pin?
Gordon Drennan,
Burton, SA.
Comment: ostensibly that is a safer approach but if a plug wired in this way is
connected to a power point which has
Active & Neutral transposed (not an
uncommon situation), you still have a
potentially dangerous situation – both
for the equipment and the user. There
is really no way around it – it is just a
very bad idea.
Safe alternatives to
240VAC hardware for DC
Like the SILICON CHIP staff, I was
horrified at the photograph of D. J.’s
use of 240V AC mains plugs/power
boards for 12V use (Mailbag, October
2008).
I disagree with SILICON CHIP’s and
D. J.’s contention that it is “impossible
to buy suitable plugs and sockets to
carry 12V power.” Both Jaycar and
other suppliers carry suitable, rugged, polarised 2-pin 12V hardware
especially for this application. I refer
siliconchip.com.au
Digital TV
is unsatisfactory
Your editorial on digital TV in the
September 2008 issue was spot on.
I have long been frustrated at the
digital TV situation.
We the consumers have the advantages of digital TV available to
us but much of its capability is not
being used. Several channels are
available but these often show the
same program and in the case of the
high-definition channel, nothing but
confusion.
TV stations should not be allowed
to up-convert standard definition
onto their high-definition channel
for starters. This only creates a misconception of what high-definition
is. SBS is an interesting situation
where sometimes their SD channel
(with the same program) looks better than their HD channel (at least
in Perth).
Also what one would assume are
HD programs, such as movies, look
to the current Jaycar catalog, page
196, top left. These devices will carry
15A which, judging by the gauge of
the wire coming out of the plugs in
the photograph, should be more than
adequate.
I do suspect, however, that D. J. was
looking for a low-cost solution to his
application. When I was a struggling
electronics constructor it was common
practice to use microphone connectors
for 12V power. These appear on page
189 of the Jaycar catalog. As you can
see, they are similar in price to the
dangerous alternative he has chosen.
From memory you could pass between
5-8A through the 2 & 4-pin units.
There are other low cost alternatives
which also avoid the use of dangerous
240V hardware.
Gary Johnston,
Managing Director,
Jaycar Electronics,
Rydalmere, NSW.
Clipsal DC plugs
You are quite right in what you said
in your comment about 240V plugs for
12V. However, Clipsal make a 2-pin
plug for use at this voltage. Its part
number is 492/32 and it is rated at up
siliconchip.com.au
no different on the SD and HD channels. Why?
Then there is the sound situation,
which for the average consumer
is nothing but a complete lack of
understanding. I worked in the tele
vision industry all my life and I’m
confused when it comes to figuring
out the sound into a surround sound
system and configuring the complete
system. Sometimes movies are advertised as “surround sound” when
they appear not to be.
Added to all this, we are seeing
what were widescreen programs
shown as 4:3 copies and even more
frustrating is that some 4:3 widescreen copies have a black border
around the screen. Why must we put
up with not seeing the entire picture
or the entire widescreen picture but
at a small size?
Where does the ACMA stand (or
fall) in all of this?
Will McGhie,
Lesmurdie, WA.
to 32V AC/DC and 15A.
Incidentally, I know of some people
who use 3-pin mains plugs with their
old 32V DC generators. The difference
is that they use the Neutral and Earth
pins. They do this so that if they accidentally plug them into the 240VAC
mains, the electrical equipment in
question will not be damaged.
Stephen Hunter, VK3TSH,
Lilydale, Vic.
Comment: see our comment above
about the danger of Active & Neutral
transposition at the power point. In
short, we strongly advise people not
to do it.
Wrong connections
do happen
The Mailbag section from October
2008 reminded me of the following
event 40 years ago. The school secretary asked if I would have a look
at the PA system in a local progress
association hall. The complaint was
that the PA system when switched on
made a very loud noise and blew the
mains fuse.
On inspection, the output of the
home-built valve amplifier was terminated by a 3-pin mains socket on the
Atmel’s AVR, from
JED in Australia
JED has designed a range of
single board computers and
modules as a way of using the
AVR without SMT board design
The AVR570 module (above) is a way of
using an ATmega128 CPU on a user base
board without having to lay out the intricate,
surface-mounted surrounds of the CPU, and
then having to manufacture your board on
an SMT robot line. Instead you simply layout
a square for four 0.1” spaced socket strips
and plug in our pre-tested module. The
module has the crystal, resetter, AVR-ISP
programming header (and an optional JTAG
ICE pad), as well as programming signal
switching. For a little extra, we load a DS1305
RTC, crystal and Li battery underneath,
which uses SPI and port G.
See JED’s www site for a datasheet.
AVR573 Single Board Computer
This board uses the AVR570 module and
adds 20 An./Dig. inputs, 12 FET outputs, LCD/
Kbd, 2xRS232, 1xRS485, 1-Wire, power reg.
etc. See www.jedmicro.com.au/avr.htm
$330 PC-PROM Programmer
This programmer plugs into a PC printer
port and reads, writes and edits any 28 or
32-pin PROM. Comes with plug-pack, cable
and software.
Also available is a multi-PROM UV eraser
with timer, and a 32/32 PLCC converter.
JED Microprocessors Pty Ltd
173 Boronia Rd, Boronia, Victoria, 3155
Ph. 03 9762 3588, Fax 03 9762 5499
www.jedmicro.com.au
November 2008 5
Using a tachogenerator
with a series motor
Helping to put you in Control
Control Devices
New Bipolar Stepper Motor Driver
Cards for
your CNC
Small 1, 2
or 3 axis
bipolar
stepper
motor
driver cards with full, 1/2, 1/4 and
1/16 micro-step modes.
Power motors up to 2.5A 30VDC.
Prices from $79.00+GST.
Serial Stepper Motor Controller
Our KTA-190 serial
stepper motor controller can control 4
stepper motors using
serial ASCII commands. Now with 2
relays. $69.95+GST
Parallel Interface
Card. The KTA-205
allows you to easily
interface to stepper
and servo motor
drives and limit
switches from your PC Parallel Port.
Fitted with 2 relays. Mach 3 compatible $45+GST
AVRISP-MKII InSystem Programmer is an In-System
Programmer for Atmel's AVR® Flash
microcontrollers. Plugs into the USB
port. $75+GST
Dual Pump Controller Configure
pumps to empty
wells or fill tanks.
Allows Duty/
Standby or cyclic
control. Can operate off Level or
float switches or both. $575+GST
Dual Frequency to
Voltage Output
card Easily convert
up to two frequency
signal streams to an
analog voltage signal
DIN Rail mount available
Prices from $99+GST
Contact Ocean Controls
Ph: 03 9782 5882
www.oceancontrols.com.au
6 Silicon Chip
I noticed the reply to J. D. in “Ask
SILICON CHIP” regarding using the
High Current Speed Controller on
a series motor (page 97, October
2008). Although I can’t speak for
the controller mentioned, I can
comment on using the June 1997
controller (modified) with a 2-3HP
series motor, recently fitted to an old
Schnapper ride-on mower.
I found that because the series motor does not produce any back-EMF
when there is no current flowing
through it (ie, when the Mosfets are
in their off condition), the speed
regulation was almost non-existent
and of course, there was little or no
dynamic braking. Series motors also
tend to rotate rather fast when they
have little or no load on them, so I
was forever continuously varying
my “throttle” control.
My solution was to have my series
motor drive a separate small DC
permanent-magnet motor, to use it as
a tachogenerator. I then fed the voltage it generated back into the feedback circuit of the controller. After
making a few minor modifications
to the circuit and after adjusting the
amount of feedback, this method
gave very good speed regulation for
the series motor in question.
Furthermore, larger series motors
also have four connections on them
as you are no doubt aware. This
means that the field & armature
windings can be changed over to
get the motor to turn in the opposite
direction.
Brian Playne,
Toowoomba, Qld.
chassis and the speaker lead terminated across the Active and Neutral pins
of a 3-pin plug. The usual procedure
was to disconnect the mains and the
speakers after each use of the PA.
Surprise, surprise! Eventually the
plugs were placed in the wrong sockets
the next time the PA was to be used.
Amazingly, the speakers survived this
application of raw 240AC mains.
The following week, the committee decided to replace the whole PA
system.
Col Hodgson,
Wyoming, NSW.
have 12V to run cordless drills with
“dead” batteries. I remove the batteries, fit some figure-8 lead and one of
these plugs. They do thousands of
screws before a 30 amp-hour battery
needs to be re-charged.
I could barely believe that a person
who must have some technical nous
actually admitted that he had done
this and said “hope the idea catches
on”. Incredible!
Ranald Grant,
Brisbane, Qld.
DC power for
12V cordless drills
I have a comment concerning the
Metrel Instaltest AS3017, reviewed
in the September 2008 issue. As an
electrician, I would have loved such
a tester but I had to survive by just
cranking a Megger.
My comment is in relation to the
concept of a pass/fail result. I firmly
believe that any test equipment is only
as good as the user’s ability to interpret the results. I have seen numerous
Electrical Safety Testers working in
our area using such equipment and
accepting a “Pass” result regardless
of the data produced.
I know that most IEC power cords
have an earth continuity resistance of
about 0.05Ω. If I find one which reads
0.5Ω and it is not light-duty or extra
I agree with your superb warning
on page 8 of the October 2008 issue
regarding using a 240VAC power board
for 12V DC. But there is a really simple
solution. Electrical suppliers have 32V
15A fittings such as polarised plugs,
line sockets, surface-mount outlets
and outlets on a steel adaptor bracket
which will fit into a standard weatherproof box for 240VAC switches and
GPOs.
They are rugged, polarised and are
a completely different configuration
to 240VAC fittings, so there is no
confusion.
We have been using them for 20
years or so in our workshop where I
Test result should
be carefully interpreted
siliconchip.com.au
long, I will cut it in pieces and throw
it away – even though it technically
passes. With a resistance that high, it
has to have problems and is likely to
fail in the near future – I would not
trust it.
I hope that electricians using the
Instaltest AS3017 will know enough
about Ohm’s Law to not just look at
the “tick” and learn to interpret the
actual results.
Incidentally, I have found three
moulded power cords which had been
wrongly wired, so we test all new
equipment.
Robin Cole, Equipment Officer,
Ludwig Institute for
Cancer Research, Parkville, Vic.
HOPERF
Digital Sensors
RF IC & Modules
Semiconductor
Devices
SAW Devices
Eveready 276-P
battery equivalent
In your response to an email from
B. H. (Ask SILICON CHIP, September
2008, page 90), you say, incorrectly,
that there is no equivalent to the Eveready 276-P 9V battery. In fact, the
Varta 439 is a suitable replacement.
Most independent electronics stores
would be able to order them from the
distributor, Master Instruments. See
http://www.master-instruments.com.
au/products/54540/439.html
John Oakhill,
Cotton Tree, Qld.
Comments on simple
valve amplifier
I was very pleased to see the simple
valve amplifier submitted by Dayle
Edwards, in the Circuit Notebook
pages of the September 2008 issue. I
have used similar amplifier circuits for
some of my low-power projects and
the basic design is a good one. However, without any intention of being
critical, something that immediately
caught my attention was the rating of
the power transformers.
Given that a 12AX7 draws 150mA
<at> 12.6V for its heater, the 300mA
specification for T1 is inadequate, as
this is also driving the high-tension
transformer, T2. Assuming the high
tension current will be about 20mA,
this means the 12V winding of T2
would be drawing about 400mA. T1
has to supply this as well as 300mA
of heater current and therefore should
have a 1A secondary (eg, type 2155)
and T2 upgraded to something with a
siliconchip.com.au
Distributed in Australia by
Microzed Computers Pty. Limited
Phone: 1300 735 420 Fax: 1300 735 421
www.microzed.com.au
500mA 12V winding (eg, type 2853). It
is also good practice to earth one side
of the heater supply.
Incidentally, given a choice of valves,
the 12AU7 or 12AT7 is more suited to
this application, with the 12AT7 being
the better choice of the two, if higher
gain is required. A 12AX7 may have
its ratings exceeded when used as an
output valve. With consideration given
to the heater supply, other common
valves which could be used include
12BH7, 6CG7 and 6SN7.
These are all medium-mu triodes
similar to the 12AU7. Ideally, the bias
conditions should be set for different
types of valves but in this situation
the given values are a suitable compromise.
A further increase in gain can be had
by changing the 180kΩ output triode
grid resistors to something like 1MΩ
and the V1a/V2a plate resistors to
around 270kΩ. The 220kΩ grid resistors for these triodes, along with their
associated 100nF coupling capacitors,
could be omitted as the volume control
potentiometer will complete the grid
circuit and DC isolation is already
provided at the input.
The 100nF bypasses for V1a and V1b
will have no effect except at the high
November 2008 7
Mailbag: continued
Tunnel software must
include a watchdog
I was amazed (yet again) to see that
a traffic tunnel has been closed by a
so-called software glitch (ie, the Sydney M5 tunnel on 22nd September,
2008). I have worked as an engineer
on major industrial projects such as
these for 40 years and this excuse
just won’t wash.
All computer-controlled systems
must have a simple watchdog circuit which, in the case of computer
failure, automatically switches all
fans, lights and other safety devices
full on.
The computer can then be fixed at
leisure and once it is fixed, it regains
control.
I cannot believe that complex
public works such as these tunnels
apparently don’t have a simple
end of the audio spectrum. Likewise,
the output valve cathodes could be bypassed with at least 100μF to improve
low-frequency response.
If one was buying the output transformers new, 100V PA line transformers would be preferred instead of
power transformers. At the low plate
current, it is unnecessary to rearrange
the core laminations.
John Hunter,
Hazelbrook, NSW.
TV programming
is getting worse
Your Publisher’s Letter on High Definition TV was correct – programming
is just getting worse and worse. As a
TV repair and antenna technician, I
talk to hundreds of people and all have
the same reaction.
I asked an ex-producer for the Seven
network why one of their productions
(All Saints) had such awful picture
quality when the scripting and production is to a high standard – it looks
as though we are viewing it through
a tinted glass window. His reply was
that it is done on purpose. They use
a tinted filter on the lens; it is clear at
the centre but is progressively darker
8 Silicon Chip
watchdog in the specification.
Also primary safety devices like
ventilation fans and lighting should
have alternative sources of power
such as a back-up diesel alternator.
This would start automatically on
any power failure.
For more information on failure
analysis look at: http://en.wikipedia.
org/wiki/Failure_mode_and_effects_analysis
I was out at a big shopping centre the other day showing a young
engineer how to switch all the fans
to manual in the Motor Control
Centre (MCC) in case of a control
system failure. I suppose the tunnels do have an MCC and manual
controls and the “engineers” know
where it is!
John Rich,
Petersham, NSW.
towards the edge. And the reason? If
viewers are flicking through the channels they are more likely to watch it if it
looks like an old movie, so the picture
is downgraded to that level.
It seems as though all those people
who have created HD technology
have wasted their time. Perhaps the
producers should watch that UK program The Bill. That has outstanding
picture quality, with high definition
and perfect lighting.
We are all changing to HD plasma
or LCD sets and we all want excellent
picture quality and better programming to go with them.
Arthur Hadfield,
Kempsey, NSW.
Comment: we find your observation
about the picture quality of the “All
Saints” program on the Seven Network
a little puzzling, as we have not noticed
an inferior picture.
Solar panels
on cars
With all the recent discussion about
electric vehicles and hybrids, where
are the solar cells? I agree that home
solar arrays are not as economical as
large renewable installations and at
this stage they cannot compete with
coal or gas on price. However, when
you have to generate your own electricity, solar cells do make sense.
So why aren’t they fitted to car
roofs? We all use petrol, diesel or gas
to generate electricity in our cars; even
those of us with “normal” cars. So
why don’t manufacturers offer solar
cells on the roof and why isn’t there
a flourishing aftermarket industry?
Even without having the headlights
on, we are drawing a fair current from
the battery during normal running,
which could be supplied or gradually
replaced by a solar array which is active when driving the car or parked
in sunshine.
This would be of even more benefit
to an electric/hybrid vehicle. How
hard would it to have a thin stick-on
solar array on the car roof?
I also wonder why the electricpowered “gofers” you occasionally
see trundling toward the shopping
centres don’t have some solar cells on
their sun-shade roof. It would extend
their range.
Ken Wagnitz,
Hawthorndene, SA.
Teletext playback requires
a timebase corrector
I read with interest Geoff Nicholls’
letter to Mailbag (October 2008), stating that Allan Hughes was NOT correct
in claiming that no videocassette machine could record undecoded teletext
subtitles, or words to that effect. While
that is indeed true of S-VHS recorders,
the story is not that simple. It is the
playback that causes the problem irrespective of system bandwidth.
A standard VHS recorder will
neither record or playback teletext
encoding. By contrast, a normal S-VHS
recorder will record teletext but cannot play back a stable enough signal
for the TV receiver to decode coherent
teletext without the help of a timebase
corrector, in most if not all cases.
What Mr Nicholls forgot to mention
was that the JVC HR DVS1 has the
luxury of a built-in timebase corrector (TBC), a necessary adjunct for the
operation of the DV deck included
with the S-VHS unit. I don’t know of
any SVHS/VHS only recorder with a
TBC included; certainly not a domestic
machine. It should also be mentioned
siliconchip.com.au
that some TBCs, unless specially set up, will remove
all traces of Teletext if they regenerate the vertical
blanking period in its entirety.
For those readers not familiar with time base correctors, they may be described as a memory device
that receives video signals whose time stability is
only as accurate as the rotational speed of the video
heads and to a lesser extent, the capstan drive. The
video signal is then read out of the memory at a
precise rate, usually referred to a quartz crystal or
better as the timing reference, usually a sync pulse
generator. The system reduces the errors from many
tens or even hundreds of microseconds down to a few
nanoseconds, just fine for a crystal-controlled Teletext
decoder to function correctly. And of course it’s ideal
for the TV’s PAL decoder.
I have simplified this explanation and yes, one can
quasi-stabilise the PAL part of the signal without a
TBC but not without degrading the picture quality or
losing chrominance/luminance coherence.
I entirely agree with the comments made by Allan
Hughes in his reply regarding the scarcity of S-VHS
recorders in Australia. I have obtained a few S-VHS
recorders during the past five or so years and in each
case none would replay stable Teletext without the
use of a TBC; the mechanics were worn and except
for one machine, the heads were in need of replacement. Also, it is now difficult to source S-VHS tape.
All of my remaining S-VHS footage is now being
dubbed to DVD and a large HD before the remaining
heads fail and the oxide falls off the tape or worse.
Victor G. Barker,
Gorokan, NSW.
Life lost through
defective home wiring
I have been reading the various opinions on homeowners doing their own wiring. However, some people definitely should not have anything to do with
240VAC, as my story demonstrates.
We lived in a house in the 1970s where the roofing
iron was fixed to the same beams as the ceiling, giving
a unique sloping ceiling and making it necessary to
keep a spirit level in the drawer to prove to visitors
the pictures were straight – but I digress.
One day, we became aware of a terrible smell coming from the ceiling cavity and I had to systematically
remove the roofing iron until I eventually found a
dead possum and an old flue pipe where it had got
in. After removing the possum, I was scraping back
the insulation while leaning on the roofing iron when
my hand touched the sarking on the top of the ceiling
Gyprock and I received an electric shock.
I returned with my multimeter and found that I had
240V between the sarking and the roofing iron! The
roof had attached gutter and downpipes that went into
the ground, explaining the possum’s death.
I found the cause to be a brass lamp in our bedroom
where the previous owner had joined the Active
wires to the screw traditionally reserved for the Earth.
siliconchip.com.au
November 2008 9
Mailbag: continued
DIY wiring in
USA and Canada
I was delighted to read the article
“Are Aussies Dumber Than Kiwis”
by Ross Tester and the Publisher’s
Letter in the June 2008 issue.
Apart from NZ, Canada’s “Home
Building Center”, “Home Hardware”
and “Canadian Tire”, all major
chains across Canada, and “Home
Hardware” in the USA, sell a large
range of DIY electrical fittings and
provide “how to” brochures dealing
with all manner of household wiring
and fittings installation.
In Ross Tester’s article, he mentions that in Queensland one is
not even allowed to replace jug
elements. About six years ago I recall a conversation with a licensed
electrician also heavily involved
with workings at the ETU office in
Melbourne. At the time there were
moves afoot (failed thankfully), to
require a licensed electrician to work
on ANY domestic equipment that
had connection to the mains.
That included but was not limited
Furthermore, the screws holding the
lamp to the ceiling had been driven
through the sarking. I had previously
changed several light bulbs so obviously standing on the bed was a good
insulator.
Tony Rossiter,
Ridgehaven, SA.
Motorised shutters
can be silenced
I came across a question in “Ask
SILICON CHIP” (page 88, September
2008) about motorised roof shutters.
Having been an installer for the electrical side of these devices, I can state
that the brand I worked with used
an electronic type of controller. This
controller monitors the current flow to
the motor and when it suddenly rises
at the fully open or closed positions,
it turns the motor off.
The easiest way to silence the crashing noise would be to buy some foam
weather sealing tape about 5mm thick
10 Silicon Chip
to, audio amplifiers, cassette decks,
CD and DVD players. Imagine the
cost ramifications, not to mention
the lack of skill, required for repairs
to these units. (It takes years of training and knowledge to be a competent
electronics technician, then many
more years as an apprentice in training to get an electrical license).
Fortunately, it seems that common
sense prevailed; most equipment
would be too expensive to repair
and it would be cheaper to dump it
and buy new! So much for recycling
and minimising waste!
After many years of installing tele
phone, computer and security wiring in new, commercial installations
(I have an approved Austel Customer
Premises Cabling license), I really
hope that the “sparkies” involved
in running mains at the same time
didn’t have anything to do with the
wiring in MY house!
Keep up the good work with a
great magazine.
Terry Penman,
Preston, Vic.
and run this along the shutter blades
where the edge of the next blade lands
(the majority of these shutters have an
interlocking shutter design so water
can’t get through).
This will provide cushioning for
the blades and mute the noise as they
fully close, without voiding the warranty. However, the warranty will be
voided if there are any changes to the
control circuitry, wiring to the motor,
the motor itself or the mains lead.
Note that almost all of these devices
are connected to mains power through
the control box and opening this will
expose people to 240VAC wiring, with
the potential for fatal shocks.
Brad Coleman,
via email.
Basslink and
wind generators
Regarding the September 2008 article on Basslink, it is interesting to
note that there is one insulated cable
(for 400kV) and one which is called a
metallic return, presumably insulated
for a much lower voltage. There was
discussion about using two fully insulated cables (one for positive and one
for negative) or the cheaper alternative.
Apparently, the cheaper version is not
used overseas any more.
The answer in “Ask SILICON CHIP”
(September 2008, page 88) about the
synchronisation of wind generators
needs more comment. The generators
are induction generators, not synchronous generators.
If you take an ordinary induction
motor and mechanically drive it faster
than synchronous speed (eg, over 1500
RPM for a 4-pole machine), it will
generate power back into the mains
because the slip changes from around
-4% to something in the positive direction. A normal motor is called a
squirrel cage motor because the rotor
consists of a number of bars joined at
each end to form something that might
look like a cage where a squirrel may
run around endlessly (if the iron core
was removed).
A wound rotor motor has the rotor
bars taken out to slip rings so that additional resistance may be added in
series for increased starting torque and
then usually short circuited when the
motor is up to full speed.
A wind generator is constructed
along the same lines as the wound
rotor but is called a Doubly-Fed Electric Machine. The stator frequency will
be at mains frequency but this is also
connected to a converter which feeds
power back into the rotor at an appropriate voltage and frequency such
that the slip frequency is appropriate
to the output into the mains. The machine can provide an output within a
rotor speed variation of ±30% of the
nominal synchronous speed, therefore
the windmill does not have to rotate
at a steady speed to produce power
into the mains.
When it is turning faster than synchronous speed the rotor is providing
energy to the mains via the converter,
which is combined with that coming
from the stator. When turning slower
than synchronous speed, the direction
of energy flow through the converter
reverses and hence the output from
the wind turbine is less, which is what
you would expect.
siliconchip.com.au
Note that such wind generators cannot generate any voltage until they are
connected to the grid.
Alex Brown,
Ashburton, Vic.
Smart meter leads to
savings on energy bill
Your editorial on smart power meters in the October 2008 issue is alarmist. We had a smart meter installed a
couple of years ago and now save about
$200.00 a quarter because of it. Our bill
used to be about $600.00 and now is
around the $400.00 mark.
We don’t have an air-conditioner
or electric hot water but we do have
a few computers in the house that
run a lot. I also work from home with
usually a few TVs and other gadgets
running on test. We also have a pool
with the pumps running about four
hours a day.
The savings were achieved by rearranging a few things, such as running
the pool pump off-peak, running the
dishwasher off-peak (it automatically
comes on at 10PM with a timer), running the washing machine before
7AM and shutting down a few other
non-essentials that do not need to run
in peak time.
I think if we had done nothing, our
bill would not have changed substantially or gone up slightly. The smart
power meter gives us the option of running things at an off-peak tariff which
Wind generators
are not synchronised
I wish to comment on the question about wind generators being
synchronised to the grid (Ask SILICON CHIP, September 2008, page 88).
A couple of years ago I was part of
a guided tour over the Woolnorth
wind farm site in Tasmania. Since
this was a tour for various engineering professionals we got to see and
hear a bit more than usual about
the entire project from the start to
the finish.
I too asked the question “how are
the different rotor speeds synchronised?”
would otherwise not be possible, since
off-peak rates were previously only
available on hot water systems (as far
as I am aware).
Horst Leykam,
Dee Why, NSW.
Smart meter increases
the energy bill
About a year ago, Energy Australia
installed a Smart Meter at our house
and didn’t give me the option to refuse
it! I currently receive a discounted rate,
having both gas and electricity with
Energy Australia.
We have reluctantly learnt to cope. If
there is a stinking hot day coming up,
The answer was that it isn’t. In
this case, the power generated at
each individual tower is 600V DC
(or thereabouts) and is electronically
converted to synchronised AC and I
think left the Farm about 10kV.
This explains quite clearly why
the individual wind generators are
all running at different speeds. We
were also enthralled by the effect
of a wind direction change while
we were there as the controlling
electronics turned the nacelles to
fully face the new wind direction - a
fascinating sight!
John Hardisty,
Burnie, Tas.
the air-conditioning is on from 6AM
to 2PM. The same applies if it is going
to be freezing cold, with more reliance
on gas heating as well.
If I was living in one of the less
temperate areas of Sydney with an
uninsulated house and was of more
advanced years and in worse health,
I doubt if such measures would be
adequate!
My last Energy Australia bill (July
2008) was $233.15 for the quarter for
both gas & electricity and was substantially more than before the change
of meter.
Bob Yorston, VK2CAN,
SC
Roseville, NSW.
Australia’s Lowest Priced DSO!
Now you’ve got no excuse ... update your old analogue scopes!
Whether you’re a hobbyist, TAFE college or university workshop,
the GW GDS-1022 has the price and performance for you.
GW GDS-1022 25MHz
25MHz Bandwidth, 2 Ch
250MS/s Real Time Sampling
4k Memory Per Channel
TFT Colour Display
19 Auto Measurements
Built-in USB & SD Card Slot
GW Brand - 28 years in Australia
Sydney
Melbourne
Tel 02 9519 3933
Tel 03 9889 0427
Fax 02 9550 1378
Fax 03 9889 0715
email testinst<at>emona.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
Brisbane
Tel 07 3275 2183
Fax 07 3275 2196
Adelaide
Tel 08 8363 5733
Fax 08 83635799
Perth
ONLY $
Tel 08 9361 4200
Fax 08 9361 4300
web www.emona.com.au
549
inc GST
EMONA
November 2008 11
Ever wanted to be an air traffic controller? This will let
you experience it all – from the comfort of your PC!
AirNav
RadarBox
by
Ross Tester
12 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
W
e get to see a fair amount of new software and hardware here at SILICON
CHIP. Most of it is pretty ho-hum – in
many cases a new way to re-invent
the wheel.
Every now and then, though, something comes
along that leaves us open-mouthed. Gobsmacked,
even.
For example, Google Earth (and its latest variant,
Google Streetview) was/is such a program. I don’t
know about you but I still find the sheer concept
of it absolutely amazing.
Well, now there’s another piece of software (or
more correctly, software and hardware) which
has left all of us here saying “WOW!” (capital
letters intended!).
It’s called AirNav RadarBox
As the package says, it’s the closest you can be
to real world aviation without leaving your computer chair. If you are at all interested in aviation
(and even if you’re not!) we’re sure you will agree
with our first reaction. WOW!
Let’s see if we can paint a picture for you.
We’ll imagine great-aunt Mabel is flying from
her home in the far north of Scotland to sunny
Sydney to spend some time with you. She’s sent
you her itinerary, telling you each of the flights she’s
catching: from her home town of Wick to Edinburgh on
RyanAir, from Edinburgh to London (Heathrow) on British
Airways then from London to Australia on Qantas via the
Kangaroo Route of Bahrain, Singapore and Sydney.
Of course, you can see from her itinerary (or by looking
it up on the web) the (hopeful?) departure and arrival times
of each flight.
But with the AirNav RadarBox and your PC, you can see
so much more. You can “track” great-aunt Mabel all the
way, knowing precisely where she is at any time.
You can “zoom in” on any or all of these airports and see
each flight’s progress on a “radar” screen, with virtually all
of the information an air traffic controller at each of those
locations: its exact location, the aircraft identification,
aircraft type (even, in most cases, with a photograph or
two of the actual aircraft, not just an aircraft of the same
type), its heading, height, rate of climb or descent. . . just
about everything.
Click on any of the airports along the way and you can
follow great-aunt Mabel’s progress all the way! Or you can
store great-aunt Mabel’s flight details and AirNav RadarBox
will alert you when it finds the flight.
You’ll even know that great-aunt Mabel’s flight is running late (or early) as it approaches Sydney, probably even
before the Captain has told great-aunt Mabel and the other
passengers – so you could delay your journey to Sydney
International Airport until the last minute and therefore
avoid the huge parking charges!
A quiet afternoon in south-east Australia, as shown by the screen at right. Perhaps this is more a limitation of the
antenna’s field of view, being somewhat blocked in the direction of Sydney airport. Compare that with the screen of
London Heathrow on the laptop opposite – and again, this was a relatively quiet time!
siliconchip.com.au
November 2008 13
Inside the AirNav RadarBox receiver and signal processor.
Actual box size is 125 x 105 x 20mm.
Impressed? We were! But how much more impressed
would you be if we told you that you could do this from
almost any location in the world?
But wait, there’s more – so much more. Want to explore
the world of aviation? You can look up data for any (well,
we believe all identified) commercial airports in the world
and get the same information a pilot gets: length of runway,
VOR, NDB, FIX, airways and ATC boundaries, weather.
(If you don’t know what those abbreviations and terms
mean, you’ll learn very quickly!) Incidentally, they stand
for/mean:
VOR – VHF omni range (ground-based radio navigation
aid);
NDB – non-directional (radio) beacon,
FIX – position of an aircraft on its flight route;
Airway – approved flight route;
ATC – air traffic control.
Weather? Ummm . . .
There’s also more than a million map locations including
detailed shore lines, country boundaries, elevations, roads
and much more. A 3D, multi-window display on your PC
lets you select multiple features at the one time.
We found looking at the “radar screen” window for an
airport like Sydney fascinating. Then we changed to airports
such as London Heathrow, Chicago O’Hare and Atlanta
Hartsfield-Jackson.
As three of the busiest airports in the world, the amount
of air traffic around them was simply unbelievable. Those
air traffic controllers might be highly paid – but they’re
worth every cent and then some!
What’s in the box?
There’s a small (105 x 125 x 22mm) aluminium “RadarBox” which contains all the electronics, a USB cable, a short
(~300mm) 1090MHz vertical wire antenna with magnetic
base and ground-plane baseplate plus a CD containing the
RadarBox Software.
There is no power supply, because none is needed – Ra14 Silicon Chip
darBox gets its power via the USB interface.
Setting up the AirNav
There can’t be anything simpler: plug the antenna lead
into the SMC socket on the back of the RadarBox (it works
best close to a window and better still if that window is
oriented somewhat in the direction of the nearest major
airport, then connect the USB cable between the RadarBox
and any vacant USB slot on your PC.
Next, run and install the software from the CD provided.
We found quite a delay (maybe a minute or so) from the
time we activated the AirNav RadarBox – perhaps it takes
that time to receive information from around the world.
The first time you run the software, it will interrogate you
for password and username which will be supplied at time
of purchase
Once it’s running, you can start tracking flights in real
time! There’s no power switch; the RadarBox will spring
into life as soon as it’s plugged in to the USB port.
How it works
AirNav RadarBox operates in two ways.
First, in real time, the receiver picks up data from aircraft
using ADS-B (Automatic dependent surveillance-broadcast
– see the panel “what is ADS-B”) within range of the simple
antenna and displays their data on the PC screen. Without
you even being aware of it, this information is also relayed
via the ‘net to all other AirNav RadarBox users.
Second, delayed by about five minutes for security reasons
(we won’t mention the “T” word) similar information is
obtained from the many thousands of AirNav RadarBoxes
around the world. In many ways, it’s similar to peer-to-peer
file sharing works, relying on the fact that at any time of the
day or night, there will be many computers on around the
world with an AirNav RadarBox receiving data. However,
it doesn’t rely on a connection to another computer; instead
all data is sent to a central AirNav server.
After being processed and passing some validation algosiliconchip.com.au
What is ADS-B?
As we explained, the AirNav RadarBox relies on commercial aircraft transmitting an ADS-B signal. But what is
ADS-B and how does it work?
First, to set the record straight, it has nothing whatsoever
to do with ADSL as applies to broadband – it’s an unfortunate coincidence of acronyms. ADS-B, which stands for
Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast, is a form
of air navigation assistance and safety aid for both pilots
and air traffic controllers – and now anyone with a suitable
receiver and software.
It is similar to the Automatic Identification System (AIS)
now becoming widely used in commercial shipping.
Unlike conventional radar, ADS-B can also work at low
altitudes and on the ground, so that it can be used to monitor traffic on the taxiways and runways of an airport. It’s
also effective in remote areas or in mountainous terrain
where there is no radar coverage, or where radar coverage
is limited.
One of the greatest benefits of ADS-B is its ability to
provide the same real-time information to both pilots in
aircraft cockpits and ground controllers, so that for the first
time, they can both “see” the same data.
Unlike an aircraft transponder, which transmits its aircraft identification when it receives a radio (or more usually radar) signal, the ADS-B transmits its information via
a 1090MHz digital data link without any prompting – and
often (ADS-B data is updated several times per second).
Furthermore, it works out its own positional information,
speed, altitude, etc, to a large degree independently of the
aircraft navigation system, from the GPS (global positioning system) satellite signals which we are all becoming
very much more familiar with, given the plethora of GPS
receivers now on the market.
Given the fact that GPS is now routinely accurate to just
a couple of metres or so – and in aircraft, flying closer to
the satellites without any obstructions, this accuracy would
be at its maximum – ADS-B data is very accurate indeed.
Garmin GLD 90
Data Link Sensor and GPS antenna.
siliconchip.com.au
ADS-B offers increased, timely information for both
pilots and air traffic controllers, increasing safety for all
aircraft. (Courtesy ADS-B Technologies LLC).
An important factor is that this data is transmitted
without any interaction by the pilot or crew – in fact,
in an ADS-B system the crew has no input whatsoever.
Pilots in the cockpit see the traffic on a Cockpit Display
of Traffic Information (CDTI). Controllers on the ground
can see the ADS-B targets on their regular traffic display
screen, along with other radar targets.
ADS-B provides traffic information to pilots that, until
now, has unavailable to them. Because the system has an
effective range of more than 150 miles, ADS-B provides
a much greater margin in which to implement conflict
detection and resolution than is available with any other
system.
Pilots and controllers using ADS-B data will be able to
determine not only the position of conflicting traffic, but
will clearly see the aircraft’s direction, speed, and relative altitude. As the conflicting aircraft turns, accelerates,
climbs, or descends, ADS-B will indicate the changes
clearly and immediately.
A plane equipped with ADS-B can theoretically fly
closer to other aircraft because the locating data is more
accurate and more real-time. Therefore the controller does
not have to factor in as much of a margin for error.
Its name comes from its components: it’s Automatic
– It’s always on and requires no operator intervention;
it’s Dependent – it depends on an accurate GPS signal
for position data; it provides “radar-like” Surveillance
services; and it continually Broadcasts aircraft position
and other data to any aircraft, or ground station equipped
to receive ADS-B.
There are 57 ADS-B receivers at 28 ground stations
around Australia. Indeed, Australia (along with the
US) was the first country to trial and later implement
ADS-B.
There is considerable discussion (argument?) at the
moment about ADS-B being extended to GA (General
Aviation) aircraft; the most telling argument is the cost
(around $10,000 plus installation) and annual maintenance for the private aircraft owner.
November 2008 15
rithms the data is stored on a queue for server upload. This
is where the five-minute delay is built in.
The AirNav server processes up to 10,000 flight messages
per second in peak periods. Data is then organised and properly processed (to add to each flight and aircraft as many
details as possible – aircraft type, registration flight routing,
photos) and an output file is created. Each connected AirNav
RadarBox computer can then download the updated list of
network flights. This list often has more than 500 flights
worldwide, with the list growing daily as AirNav RadarBox
gets more popular.
So instead of just “seeing” flights in and around your
airport, you can “see” flights in and around the majority of
the world’s major airports.
Data and reports can be exported directly from the system
in XML, text and PDF format and screen shots/logs can be
sent automatically to other AirNav RadarBox users.
Where from, how much?
The Australian distributors for the AirNav RadarBox are
Hometech Consulting, PO Box 2110, Wattletree Road LPO,
East Malvern, Vic 3145 (email jparncut<at>bigpond.net.au).
At the time of going to press, (early October), the Australian dollar was in meltdown which made quoting a firm price
rather difficult (in just one day the dollar had depreciated
more than 4c!). However, Hometech’s John Parncutt told
us that he would try to hold the price at $990 for as long as
possible, assuming the dollar stayed somewhere close to its
current level.
SC
There’s an enormous amount of information presented on each flight, from its status, ID, the aircraft type and registration,
airline, altitude, heading, vertical rate, squawk, the company flying, where it is at the moment . . . and much more!
16 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
10 watts off grid?
A little can now
go a L-O-N-G way!
We look at Jaycar’s new “Sun in a Box” CIG Solar Lighting kit
by Stan Swan
siliconchip.com.au
November 2008 17
Going bush? Living on a desert island/houseboat/mountain top?
Sick of energy bills? Daily supply charges driving you crazy?
Want to run extra wiring for decent shed lights but find that’s illegal?
Even considering DIY by running a backyard generator instead?
Read on – “CIGnificant” solar help may be at hand!
P
ortable 230V/12V petrol & diesel off-grid generators
have long been popular, with cheap (~$1 per watt or
less) offerings in most hardware stores.
Aside from their use by farmers and tradesmen, in many
remote regions the evening hum of the lighting generator is
still almost as ubiquitous as a campfire.
However, generator storage and maintenance hassles,
noise, fumes (and of course the need to purchase, deliver
and store costly fuel) mean TCO (total cost of ownership)
of off-grid systems are increasingly expensive.
Generator economics, even with remote regions facing
fuel costs approaching $2 a litre, may seem “good value”
and convenient against mains electricity at up to 20 cents
per kW h “unit” (and more – see last month’s “Publisher’s
Letter”). But are they good value?
Each litre of petrol has a calorific value of around 36MJ
(diesel is slightly higher but most small generators are petroldriven). As 1kWh = 3.6MJ (1000x60x60), this means a litre
of petrol equates to some ten electrical units. With even the
best fossil fuel generators only about 40% efficient in utilising this energy (most being wasted as heat), the electricity
generated equates to a more costly 50 cents per kWh. Fuel
storage and security, generator maintenance and eventual
generator replacement need factoring in as well.
In the Australian outback, the vast Pacific expanses and
in “off the beaten track” New Zealand, a generator may still
be crucial for running power tools and refrigeration. But
for modest lighting and perhaps battery charging needs, it
increasingly makes no sense to inefficiently use fossil fuels
when alternatives abound.
Fossil fuel lighting is now so costly for many subsistence
Pacific and Asian communities that evening reading and
learning is seriously threatened. Sailing vessels, especially,
need to conserve fuel for emergencies, rather than frittering
it away running on board electronics and cabin lights.
The Jaycar MP-4552 CIS self-contained solar lighting
system is a much better proposition. It’s much lighter,
MUCH cheaper to run (energy from the sun is free until
the Government works out a way to tax it!). With care,
the supplied battery will last for years and even then they
aren’t too expensive to replace. We’re very impressed with
the CIS solar side of the kit; it’s a pity that it is somewhat
let down by poor-quality lighting fittings. Still, these are
replaceable at relatively low cost!
The kit’s wiring diagram
(significantly enlarged
here straight from the
instructions – they’re tiny!)
should be straightforward
enough for any handyman
installer to follow. All parts
–even the SLA battery – are
included in the kit.
18 Silicon Chip
Energy out of thin air
Lighting alternatives? As this is a state-of-the-art electronics journal, we’re not talking wax candles and kerosene lamps
(although soaring fuel cost have tragically meant increasing
burns and dwelling fires from these), since small photovoltaic
(PV) systems now abound.
That’s right – energy straight from the maker, with no middlemen, almost every day! Although now almost disdained
siliconchip.com.au
at the garden lamp level, you really couldn’t want a better
energy technology than PVs, as they’re reliable, unobtrusive,
have no moving parts and offer at least a 20-year life. You’d
be lucky to get 10 years from a petrol generator!
Thanks to today’s efficient and bright white LEDs, even
a few stored watts can now go a long way in pitch black
conditions.
A few watts? I’ve seen some Nepalese homes wired up at
just 1W per household! It’s fitting that the very parts of the
off-grid world most in need of lighting, such as Africa, are
often those with abundant sunshine.
Solar charging of cell phones and modest laptops, such
as the ~6W models used in the OLPC (One Laptop Per
Child) project, is also possible. It’s not widely appreciated
that even polar and mountainous regions can use PVs, as
their sunshine (although at low angle) is captured more efficiently when panels are cooler and the air is likely to be
more clear as well.
Compact solar panel prices in the ~10W range have fallen
over the years to an attractive ~ $10 a watt, with larger 100W
types around half this.
However, in some ways PVs have been almost too much
of a recent success story. Manufacture of the commonest
mono & polycrystalline-silicon-based types is extremely
complicated and costly and makers have been hard-pressed
to ramp up for surging demand.
Although silicon is the most abundant element on earth
(sand being silicon dioxide), the refining needed for precision semiconductor work involves high temperatures and
painstaking processes, with daunting setup costs and timeframes. It’s not quite as simple as just waving a blow torch
over a pile of sand!
“CIGS” you can light up indoors!
It’s long been known that many other materials, such as
Cadmium-Telluride (CdTe), show photovoltaic action but one
of the most promising recently has been a brew of Copper,
Indium and (di)Selenide (thus “CIS”).
CIS PVs typically show energy conversion efficiencies of
10%, with enhanced “CIGS” types, (the G being Gallium,
Ga) now reaching 19%!
Although not yet as efficient as the best silicon-based
panels, rugged CIS types are much cheaper to make and offer
superior low light performance – an important feature in the
hazy and overcast conditions besetting much of the world.
Unlike cheap amorphous Si panels, with efficiencies
typically only 5% and with output decreasing over time,
CIS performance seems to actually improve with age – fine
wine style.
Manufacturers already eagerly adopting this CIS/CIGS
approach include Honda (using a glass based process – others focus on flexible films), with investments from even
silicon semiconductor giant Intel – “An Intel in every PV”
perhaps?
Many Asian makers have arisen but the CIS/CIGS market
is presently dominated by Global Solar Energy (GSE) in
Arizona, USA.
Jaycar’s “Sun in a box”
Although still very much leading edge, a 10W CIS panel
is now retailing locally as part of Jaycar Electronics’ Self
Contained Solar Lighting System – the Sun in a Box (Cat
No MP-4552).
This looks very timely indeed for all manner of modest DIY
installations. This sub-$200 kit includes everything needed,
including the solar panel itself, CFL and LED lamps, bases,
fuses, switch, wire, a screwdriver and a standard 12V 8Ah
SLA battery) to set up a convenient turn-key 12V off-grid
system.
A large part of the kit’s appeal may arise from its ease of
carrying (underarm!) into remote regions and its suitability
for unskilled installation and servicing – a significant issue in
The 12V power socket on the developing countries’ “One Laptop Per Child” (OLTP) project allows charging (and running)
directly from the Jaycar kit’s 10W CIS panel. In such applications, rather than sit around for hours in the blazing sun, it’s
probably better to first charge a cheap “jump start” 12V 7Ah battery and then bring that indoors to the laptop.
siliconchip.com.au
November 2008 19
The lighting benefits of just 1W are readily apparent in this
“available light” picture, with the kit’s LED cluster near
dazzling in comparison to the LED torch on the left.
many remote off-grid situations where licensed electricians
may be in short supply but legally required.
But . . . only 10 watts?
Yes! 10W may seem trivial when spoilt by the sometimes
kilowatts of lighting often found in homes today. (Don’t
believe us? Count the number of halogen downlights found
in most modern homes. Twenty of them equals a kilowatt!)
However, the magnificent 12V 1W white LED clusters and
12V 5W CFL included in the kit dramatically transformed
after-dark interiors and were found to especially suit such
intensive activities as crafts, reading and cooking.
Although torches and headlamps can help when off-grid,
many a candle-lit evening has lead to singed hair, clothing
and papers, undercooked and spoilt food, or dramas when
cooking oil is confused with kerosene, toothpaste with sun
cream etc. Even a little light in the right place can literally
save your bacon!
The kit’s directed LED clusters in fact seemed more useful
than the “power hungry” glass CFL, which is easily accidentally damaged as well. Extra 12V white LED lamps could
perhaps be instead added to suit and with the near trivial
currents flowing, light duty wiring would suffice.
Retrofitting such cool-running LED clusters into gutted
bulkhead or quality reading lamps also appeals, especially
since traditional filament lamp heat dissipation issues no
longer arise.
The kit’s 10W CIS glass panel (in 2 x 48 strips), is made up
of 2 x 5W in parallel (thus giving some leeway against shadows and breakage) and incorporates an inbuilt 3A regulator
(itself worth perhaps $30). This regulator prevents battery
overcharge and also provides an 11.2V low-voltage battery
disconnect. No lead-acid battery should be allowed to fall
below this voltage of course, as plate sulphation then sets in.
A recessed tri-colour LED shows (undocumented) activity
and status – naturally this LED would be more informative
if front or externally mounted (and if it was explained!).
Performance
The Jaycar CIS panel performance itself was excellent and
even in sunny mid-winter New Zealand the setup pushed
0.69A into the partially charged 12V SLA – significantly
exceeding the stated 0.58A IPM (maximum power current)
rating.
Heavily overcast skies with light rain still gave around
90mA, which compared very favourably with 100mA from
a 20W polycrystalline silicon panel, confirming good lowlight and low-angle performance of CIS/CIGS.
Interestingly, the above overcast CIS PV output fell dramatically when placed behind window glass (which of course
absorbs near-infrared wavelengths), verifying that the IR
resource (normally “wasted” by Si PVs) is well utilised by
CIS when outdoors.
Kit features
The CIS kit’s panel includes a potted regulator which
prevents both over discharge (harmful to any lead-acid
battery) and excess charge.
20 Silicon Chip
As the kit may appeal to the technically unskilled enthusiast for installation in demanding remote situations,
several points emerge – both positive and negative, no pun
intended!
siliconchip.com.au
Eventually, we knew there’s be a use for blown light bulbs:
replace their contents with LEDs for low voltage systems!
Be careful when breaking and removing the glass.
If there is never a possibility of mains voltage being applied
(eg, because there isn’t any mains!), such “repaired” 12V
LED bulbs can be used in standard (mains-type) fittings .
Positive:
• The 10W CIS panel & regulator looks capable of being linked
to a far larger capacity battery, since the supplied 12V 8Ah
SLA would be fully charged in just a couple of sunny days.
Information to suit the likes of an off-grid weekender would
be beneficial, as further SLAs (or even a car battery) could
be paralleled for greater energy storage during the idle week.
12V 7-8Ah SLAs are a cheap global standard and it’s often
possible to scrounge slightly-used ones, free, from “mission
critical” security firms. The extra battery capacity could then
support heavier loads over a few days, with confidence that
the system would recover during the week for delivery again
the next weekend.
• It’s typical with solar to assume a battery capacity at least
three times the demand anyway, to take into account cloudy/
rainy days, etc. As the setup stands, just one evening’s use
of all three lamps may drain the battery to shutoff levels –
and if it rained the next day there’d be little prospect of a
fresh charge.
• The inbuilt regulator can only handle 3A, but a 12V car accessory/socket (Jaycar PP-1993 & PS-2003 etc) directly connected to
the battery would allow short-term use of more demanding loads.
A 12V to 230V converter, such as Jaycar’s can-sized 150W
MI-5121, could even be directly connected to charge the
likes of cordless power tools, laptops, cell phones, cordless
toothbrushes and shavers. Being off grid doesn’t mean you
have to rough it – but leave the 2kW hair drier and electric
frypan at home!
• A starter/power-pack (such the Jaycar MB-3596) could
also be given a trickle charge, maybe then allowing jumpstarting of a car (or boat) in a remote region. Such a need
ranks amongst the most frustrating when in the wilds, as a
flat vehicle battery (due to perhaps parking with a door ajar
and an interior light left on) in rough terrain can make push
starting impossible and be perhaps even life-threatening.
Negative:
• The single A4 instruction sheet enclosed should really be
enlarged/expanded with clearer terminal and connection
diagrams.
• We’ve commented in the past about the dangers of using
low-voltage (ie 12V) lamps with normal 230V mains-type
bases and the possibility of mixup. Unfortunately, all three
provided 12V lamps are fitted with standard ES bases with
sockets to match. While the CFL lamps are clearly labeled
as 12V 5W, we believe it’s only a matter of time before one
of these is mistakenly used in a 230V lamp circuit – with
spectacular, albeit brief, results. The more costly, gorgeous
LED clusters are not even labelled, meaning that the chances
are even higher that they’ll be misused and destroyed.
• The supplied lamp sockets appear to be of mediocre quality, without polarity indications and they do not cleanly
grip the base of the LED lamps. These may then annoyingly
lose contact or even fall out! We would seriously consider
replacing them.
• Despite our reservations about using mains-type fittings in a low-voltage system, if you were installing an
off-grid low-voltage lighting system (where it was almost
impossible that a mixup could occur), normal mains-type
ES sockets could be used instead (albeit at extra cost).
These fittings would have the advantage of being suited
to fitting into luminaires and lampshades normally used in
a mains lighting system.
• A further benefit would be allowing your own LED clusters
to be cheaply assembled, maybe as banks of three or four
soldered in series inside an old (ES) lamp base. At last – a
use for dead filament lamps!
• The three supplied line switches are rather too-light-duty
for prolonged use and details regarding more convenient wall
mounted fixed types should be included.
siliconchip.com.au
Conclusion
Although more costly than simple ~$40 “shed light” solar
lighting systems, this “battery included” lighting kit looks
great value and are especially suitable for modest off-grid
users.
The CIS panel and LED lamps were outstandingly efficient
performers; however, attention to the light socket quality
and type should be of high priority to ensure both system
reliability and prevent disastrous 12V/230V lamp mix ups.
Enhancement of the instruction sheets additionally could
allow valuable off-grid charging applications, as it’s apparent
that these could offer applications well beyond the intended
lighting. TAFEs and universities could find just the CIS PV
itself appealing!
The Jaycar MP-4552 self-contained CIS Solar Lighting
System is available from all Jaycar Electronics stores, dealers and on-line via www.jaycar.com.au
SC
November 2008 21
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
50 YEARS OF THE IN
It’s hard to imagine a world without the integrated circuit,
just as it is hard to imagine a manufactured product
without one! But the IC has only been with us for half a
century, being first demonstrated on September 12, 1958.
by Ross Tester
I
t was midsummer, 1958. Jack St
Clair Kilby, a recently-employed
35-year-old engineer didn’t have
enough leave accrued to take the
summer break off like most of his
colleagues, so was working virtually alone in the laboratory at Texas
Instruments.
The most junior engineer at TI,
Kilby’s background was in ceramicbased circuit boards and transistorised
hearing aids. He joined TI because it
was the only company that agreed to
let him work on electronic component
miniaturization more or less full time
– and it turned out to be a great fit.
He was working on a problem
known in circuit design as “the tyranny of numbers” – the more components a circuit has, the more difficult
it is to connect them together using
traditional wiring methods.
Kilby had come up with an ingenious solution: manufacturing all of the
circuit components in a single piece
semiconductor substrate.
Using a piece of germanium (the
Inventor (or co-inventor) of the integrated circuit, Jack St Clair Kilby, in the Texas Instruments laboratory in 2000, the
same year he was awarded the Nobel Prize in Physics. Inset top right is Jack Kilby in 1958, the year of his invention.
(Pictures courtesy Texas Instruments)
24 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
NTEGRATED CIRCUIT
The world’s first integrated circuit, September 12, 1958. (Picture courtesy Texas Instruments)
then-common semiconductor material) Kilby cobbled together a crude
device in the TI laboratory and on
September 12, 1958, he presented his
findings to Texas Instrument management.
His germanium circuit was attached
to an oscilloscope, which displayed a
continuous sinewave, proving that the
concept worked. Thus the integrated
circuit was born, ushering in an era
that even Jack Kilby couldn’t possibly
envisage.
“What we didn’t realise then was
that the integrated circuit would reduce the cost of electronic functions
by a factor of a million to one, nothing had ever done that for anything
before,” said Jack Kilby
A patent application for “A solid
circuit made of germanium” was filed
on February 6, 1959.
Kilby was awarded the Nobel Prize
in Physics in 2000 for “his part in the
invention of the integrated circuit”. He
siliconchip.com.au
had always scoffed at the idea of such
an honour, despite many people over
the decades suggesting he deserved it
– and despite him being awarded just
about every other prize and honour
available to a humble engineer; one
who happened to change the course
of history.
“Those big prizes are for the advancement of understanding,” Kilby
would explain in his slow, plainspoken Kansas way. “They are for
scientists, who are motivated by pure
knowledge. But I’m an engineer. I’m
motivated by a need to solve problems,
to make something work. For guys like
me, the prize is seeing a successful
solution.”
Unbeknownst to Kilby, at TI’s
great rival Fairchild Semiconductor,
co-founder Robert Noyce was also
working on a similar concept. Noyce’s
approach was different to Kilby’s, using silicon as the substrate, rather than
germanium and using aluminium as
conducting strips. Noyce’s patent application was filed on July 30 1959,
more than five months after Kilby’s.
As it happened, Noyce’s approach
was much easier to manufacture than
Kilby’s and for many years, Noyce
claimed to be the inventor of the integrated circuit (as it came to be known),
ignoring the fact that Kilby got there
first. The first commercially-available
integrated circuit was released by
Fairchild in 1961.
After several years of legal battles,
TI and Fairchild wisely decided to
cross-license their technologies, creating a global market now worth about
$1 trillion a year.
These days, both Kilby and Noyce
are credited with the invention. In fact,
Kilby’s Nobel Prize acceptance speech
more than forty years after the invention specifically highlighted Noyce’s
achievements.
“I would like to mention another
right person at the right time, namely
November 2008 25
Another of Kilby’s inventions, the first
handheld calculator.
Robert Noyce, a contemporary of mine
who worked at Fairchild Semiconductor,” he said. “While Robert and I
followed our own paths, we worked
hard together to achieve commercial
acceptance for integrated circuits. If he
were still living, I have no doubt we
would have shared this prize.”
Robert Noyce, incidentally, went
on to found a small integrated circuit
producer called Intel.
The IC wasn’t the only device that
Kilby invented. At the time of his
death in June 2005 (aged 81) he held
more than 60 patents. He “officially”
retired from TI in 1980 but it has
been said that he never really retired,
always keeping a very close association with the now-huge organisation.
A giant of a man (over 2m or 6’6”
tall), Kilby was not much for selfpraise. “My part was pretty small,
actually,” he said. Whenever people
would mention that Kilby was responsible for the entire modern digital
world, he liked to tell the story of the
beaver and the rabbit sitting in the
woods near Hoover Dam. “Did you
build that one?” the rabbit asked. “No,
but it was based on an idea of mine,”
the beaver replied.
After proving that integrated circuits were possible, Kilby went on
to head teams at TI that built the
first military systems and the first
computer incorporating integrated
Robert Noyce, today also credited with the “invention” of
the integrated circuit, based his design on silicon, rather
than the germanium of Jack Kilby. Inset at top is the first
commercial IC to come out of Fairchild.
26 Silicon Chip
A modern-day silicon wafer. This
is more attributable to Noyce than
Kilby but both are credited with the
invention. (Courtesy Texas Inst).
circuits. He also worked on teams that
invented the handheld calculator and
the thermal printer, which was used
in portable data terminals.
But it is the integrated circuit which
will always be associated with Jack
Kilby.
As Tom Engibous, Chairman of
Texas Instruments said, “In my opinion, there are only a handful of people
whose works have truly transformed
the world and the way we live in
it – Henry Ford, Thomas Edison, the
Wright Brothers and Jack Kilby. If
there was ever a seminal invention
that transformed not only our industry
but our world, it was Jack’s invention
of the first integrated circuit.”
SC
Handling wafers in today’s ultra clean-room conditions
achieves yields orders of magnitude higher than those in
the early days of IC manufacture, where yields of 5% were
considered good.
siliconchip.com.au
This photo shows one of the oxygen sensors (arrowed)
used in a Holden VT Commodore. The VT’s V6 engine
has two such sensors – one for each cyclinder bank.
The 1997 Suzuki Vitara uses a 4-wire oxygen sensor –
two for the heater, one for the signal and the other for
ground. It’s mounted on the exhaust manifold.
Narrowband & wideband
oxygen sensors . . . how they work
By JOHN CLARKE
The oxygen sensor is an important component in your car’s
engine management system. It monitors the oxygen content in the
car’s exhaust, to indicate whether the mixture is too lean or too
rich. Here’s a quick rundown on how the two basic types work.
Y
OUR CAR engine’s air/fuel ratio
not only has a considerable bearing on its performance but also on fuel
consumption and air pollution. If the
mixture is too rich (ie, too much fuel),
then fuel economy will suffer and the
unburnt hydrocarbons will cause air
pollution. Conversely, a lean mixture
(ie, too much air) will give poor engine performance and produce more
nitrous-oxide pollutants.
A lean mixture can also cause ser
ious engine damage under certain
circumstances, particularly at high
RPM or under heavy loads.
To combat this, all modern cars use
at least one exhaust gas oxygen (EGO)
sensor which is mounted on the exhaust manifold. This monitors the resultant oxygen content in the exhaust
and provides a voltage output which
siliconchip.com.au
indicates whether the mixture is rich
or lean or at the “stoichiometric” point
(ie, when there is just sufficient oxygen
in the air-fuel mixture to give complete
combustion).
This information is fed to the engine
management computer (ECU) which
in turn controls the fuel injectors. It
enables the ECU to continuously adjust the mixture to provide optimum
power and economy, consistent with
low exhaust emissions.
In addition, your car’s catalytic
converter has an important role to play
in reducing emissions. This is also
mounted in the exhaust system and
converts combustion byproducts such
as carbon monoxide (CO) to carbon
dioxide (CO2), unburnt hydrocarbons
to CO2 and H2O (water) and nitrous
oxide (NO) to nitrogen (N2). Some
cars include another EGO sensor after
the catalytic converter, to monitor its
performance.
In practice, a catalytic converter
works best when the air/fuel mixture
is kept within a narrow range close
to the stoichiometric ratio. This ratio
varies according to the fuel used but
is generally 14.7:1 for unleaded petrol;
ie, the air mass must be 14.7 times the
fuel mass.
Lambda values
Another way of specifying the air/
fuel ratio is by its “Lambda” (l) value.
Basically, the Lambda value is the
actual air/fuel ratio divided by the
stoichiometric ratio. This means that
the Lambda value is 1 at the stoichiometric point, while lean air/fuel ratios
have a Lambda greater than 1 and rich
November 2008 27
<1
O 2 SENSOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE (mV)
1000
=1
>1
Fig.1: this graph
shows the
output response
from a typical
narrowband
oxygen sensor.
Note the S-curve
shape and the
rapid variation
either side of the
stoichiometric
(14.7:1) point.
800
600
400
200
0
12:1
14.7:1
16:1
AIR/FUEL RATIO
EXHAUST
GAS
HIGH-PRESSURE
SEAL
SLITS
OUTSIDE
AIR
–
V
+
INTERIOR
PLATINUM
ELECTRODE
HOUSING
ZIRCONIA
SENSOR
SENSOR
SHIELD
EXTERIOR
PLATINUM
ELECTRODE
EXHAUST
MANIFOLD
Fig.2: what’s inside a narrowband zirconia oxygen sensor. It consists of a
zirconia ceramic sensor element with thin platinum electrodes on both sides.
air/fuel ratios have a Lambda that’s
less than 1.
Narrowband sensors
Virtually all cars (with a few except
ions) are fitted with what a known as
“narrowband” oxygen sensors. This
type of sensor is generally only accurate around the stoichiometric point
but that doesn’t matter for use in a
car engine since it is only required to
indicate whether the mixture is rich
or lean.
In operation, a typical narrowband
oxygen sensor outputs a voltage rang28 Silicon Chip
ing from just 0-0.9V. A stoichiometric
measurement gives an output of 0.45V
and varies sharply either side of stoichiometric. As a result, the sensor’s
output varies from about 0.2-0.8V over
a very narrow band.
Fig.1 shows the output response
from a typical narrowband zirconia
oxygen sensor. Note the steep voltage
changes about the stoichiometric point
and the tapering off of the response at
the rich and lean ends. This response
is often referred to as an “S” curve.
The result is that for rich mixtures,
the sensor varies from just 0.8V to 0.9V
The Bosch LSU 4.2
wideband sensor is
used in conjnction with
a wideband controller
(eg, the Innovate
Motosports LC-1).
(ie, 100mV), while for lean mixtures
the voltage range is usually less than
200mV.
Fig.2 shows how a narrowband
zirconia oxygen sensor is made. It’s
typically about the same size as a spark
plug and is threaded into the exhaust
system so that the sensor is exposed
to the exhaust gasses. The assembly is
protected using a shield that includes
slots so that the exhaust gasses can
pass through into the sensor.
The sensor itself is made from a
zirconia ceramic material that has
a thin layer of porous platinum on
both sides. These platinum coatings
form electrodes to monitor the voltage
produced by the zirconia sensor as the
exhaust gas passes through it.
The device operates by measuring the difference in oxygen content
between the exhaust gas and the outside air. The oxygen content of the air
(about 21%) serves as the reference.
In operation, a voltage is produced
between the electrodes because the
zirconia sensor has a high conductivity
for oxygen ions at high temperatures.
Generally, the accuracy from this
type of oxygen sensor at the rich and
lean ends is poor and it cannot be
relied on to give consistent air/fuel
ratio readings. In fact, the accuracy at
the rich end is particularly variable
because it changes markedly with
temperature.
To overcome this problem, some
sensors include a resistive heating
element to ensure that they operate
within their correct temperature range.
This reduces the errors under rich
mixture conditions when the engine is
cold. In addition, Bosch manufactures
a sensor that is relatively accurate over
a wider range of air/fuel ratios than
other narrowband sensors. This is
designated the LSM11 and is used in
some air/fuel mixture display units but
siliconchip.com.au
PUMP
CELL
SENSOR
CELL
DIFFUSION
GAP
EXHAUST
Rcal
Ip
A
O2
CONTROLLER
Ip CURRENT
61.9
OUTPUT
ZrO 2
O 2–
O2
ZrO 2
ZrO 2
V
O 2–
O2
Ip SENSE
Vs
21% O 2
Vs SENSE
COMPARATOR
450mV
REFERENCE
Vh
REFERENCE
AIR
HEATER
(HEATER CONTROL
NOT SHOWN)
Fig.3: the basic scheme
for a wideband oxygen
sensor and its associated
controller circuit.
Ip (mA)
1.500
PUMP CURRENT
1.000
LEAN MIXTURE
0.500
0.000
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
–0.500
–1.000
–1.500
RICH MIXTURE
–2.000
BOSCH LSU 4.2 WIDEBAND SENSOR
Fig.4: pump current vs lambda value for a typical wideband sensor. It’s
converted to a linear response by the wideband controller.
it is still a narrowband sensor.
The LSM11 is sometimes called
a “wideband” sensor because it can
provide a wider measurement of air/
fuel ratio in the lean region than typical narrowband sensors. However, its
response is still an “S” curve and its
accuracy is still compromised beyond
the stoichiometric region (ie, in the
rich and lean regions).
Wideband sensor & controller
The wideband sensor and its associated controller circuit was developed
in order to obtain an output that is far
more linear with respect to air/fuel
mixture. This not only gives much
improved accuracy but this type of
sensor also covers a wider range of
values in the rich and lean regions.
The wideband sensor design is based
on the narrowband zirconia oxygen
sensor but includes a clever method
to obtain a more linear response. It’s
based on the fact that the narrowband
siliconchip.com.au
zirconia oxygen sensor is very good at
detecting the stoichiometric mixture,
ie, where there is no oxygen remaining
after the combustion process and no
excess unburnt fuel.
By adding an oxygen pump cell to
the sensor, oxygen ions can be fed
either into or out of the sensor so that
it is always measuring at the stoichiometric point. This means that if the
mixture is lean, then excess oxygen
is detected by the oxygen sensor. The
pump cell then drives oxygen ions out
of the sensor until the stoichiometric
point is reached.
Similarly, if the mixture is rich, oxygen ions are pumped into the sensor
cell until a stoichiometric reading is
obtained. As a result, the current applied to the pump cell can be either
positive or negative, depending on
whether oxygen is pumped into or out
of the sensor cell.
Fig.3 shows the basic scheme. The
voltage from the oxygen sensor cell is
Vs, while the current into the pump
cell is Ip. At stoichiometric, Vs is
450mV and this voltage is compared
against a 450mV reference.
If Vs is higher than the 450mV
reference, the mixture is rich and the
Vs sense comparator output goes low.
This “informs” the controller that Ip
needs to go negative to pump oxygen
ions into the sensor cell in order to
regain a stoichiometric measurement.
Note, however, that this oxygen pumping has no effect on the actual air/fuel
ratio of the exhaust mixture. It only
changes the sensor response.
Similarly, if Vs is lower than the
450mV reference, the exhaust mixture
is lean and the comparator goes high.
As a result, the controller changes the
Ip current direction to pump oxygen
out of the sensor cell.
In operation, the circuit is continuously controlled so that Vs is maintained at 450mV. The actual current
required to maintain stoichiometric
readings from the sensor cell is proportional to the air/fuel ratio.
Fig.4 plots current against lambda
for a typical wideband sensor. Note
that the current with respect to lambda
is far more linear than the output of
a narrowband sensor. The wideband
controller converts this response into
a 0-5V output that represents the air/
fuel ratio as a linear scale.
Calibration resistor
Note also that Ip is sensed by
measuring the voltage across a 61.9W
resistor that is also in parallel with a
calibration resistor (Rcal) – see Fig.3.
The Rcal resistor is adjusted in parallel with the 61.9W resistor during the
manufacture of each wideband sensor
so that the current versus lambda curve
is accurate when connected to a con
troller, even if the sensor is replaced.
Apart from controlling the oxygen
pump, the wideband controller also
controls a heater element so that the
sensor’s temperature is maintained at
a constant 750°C. In fact, the sensor
doesn’t provide accurate readings until
this temperature is reached. The controller determines the sensor current
by measuring the impedance of the
sensor cell which is 80W at 750°C.
So that’s basically how oxygen sensors work. Elsewhere in this issue, we
describe a Wideband Oxygen Sensor
Display unit, so that you can monitor
the air/fuel ratio as you drive. You’ll
SC
find it on page 58.
November 2008 29
12V Speed Controller OR
12V Lamp Dimmer YOU CCHHOOOSE
By LEO SIMPSON
This handy circuit can be used as a speed controller for a 12V
motor rated up to 5A (continuous) or as a dimmer for a 12V
halogen or standard incandescent lamp rated up to 50W. It
varies the power to the load (motor or lamp) using pulse width
modulation (PWM) at a pulse frequency of around 220Hz.
S
ILICON CHIP has produced a
number of DC speed controllers
over the years, the most recent being our high-power 24V 40A design
featured in the March & April 2008
issues. Another very popular design
is our 12V/24V 20A design featured
in the June 1997 issue and we have
also featured a number of reversible
12V designs.
For many applications though, most
of these designs are over-kill and a
much simpler circuit will suffice.
Which is why we are presenting this
basic design which uses a 7555 timer
IC, a Mosfet and not much else. Being
a simple design, it does not monitor
motor back-EMF to provide improved
speed regulation and nor does it have
any fancy overload protection apart
30 Silicon Chip
from a fuse. However, it is a very efficient circuit and the kit cost is quite
low.
There are many applications for this
circuit which will all be based on 12V
motors, fans or lamps. You can use it in
cars, boats, and recreational vehicles,
in model boats and model railways and
so on. Want to control a 12V fan in a
car, caravan or computer? This circuit
will do it for you.
Halogen lamps
While the circuit can dim 12V
halogen lamps, we should point out
that dimming halogen lamps is very
wasteful. In situations where you need
dimmable 12V lamps, you will be
much better off substituting 12V LED
lamps which are now readily available
in standard bayonet, miniature Edison
screw (MES) and MR16 halogen bases.
Not only are these LED replacement
lamps much more efficient than halogen lamps, they do not get anywhere
near as hot and will also last a great
deal longer.
By the way, you can also use this
circuit to control motors with higher
current ratings, say up to 10A, but we
add the proviso that if the motor is
likely to be pulling currents at up to
its maximum over long periods, then
you may have to fit a bigger heatsink to
the Mosfet. Normally such bigger motors will not pull their rated currents
in most applications and the fact that
you are using this circuit to reduce
the speed (why else would you use
it?) means that the current drain will
siliconchip.com.au
D1
100Ω
K
5
7
A
8
4
IC1
7555
D3, D4:
1N4148
3
2
6
A
B
K
E
D4
D3
1
B
C
D3,D4: 1N4148
SC
2008
E
C
A
10 µF
25V
D2
K
MUR1560
+12V
100nF
10Ω
Q2
BC327
ZD2
16V
1W
220nF
B
E
+12V
TP GND
Q1
BC337
D
G
K
GND
FUSE1
7.5A
A
A
K
VR1
100k
BC327, BC337
C
A
1N4004
ZD1
12V
1W
10 µF
16V
100nF
10nF
K
S
OUT
Q3
MTP3055
MTP3055
A
MUR1560
MBR20100CT
D
D1, ZD1, ZD2
A
K
G
K
12V SPEED CONTROLLER/DIMMER
D
S
K
A
A
K
A
Fig.1: the circuit uses a 7555 timer (IC1) to generate variable width pulses at about 210Hz. This drives Mosfet
Q3 (via transistors Q1 & Q2) to control the speed of a motor or to dim an incandescent lamp.
automatically be reduced.
For most applications though, fit the
specified 7.5A fuse. If you want higher
current, fit a 10A fuse and use higher
current leads to connect the unit to the
battery and to the load.
Circuit description
The PWM control circuit is shown
in Fig.1 and as already noted, it is
based on a 7555 timer IC and a Mosfet.
The timer is wired in an unusual way,
with the normal timing components
connected to pins 2, 6 & 7 omitted and
substituted by a 100kΩ trimpot and
two diodes which connect from the
output at pin 3 to the timing inputs
at pins 2 & 6. A 220nF capacitor from
pins 2 & 6 to 0V completes the timing
circuit while a 10nF capacitor is connected from pin 5 to 12V.
In this configuration the 7555 can
be regarded as an astable oscillator
based on a comparator. Instead of the
timing capacitor being charged from
the positive supply and discharged by
pin 7, the 220nF capacitor is charged
and discharged from pin 3 via diodes
D3 & D4 and the 100kΩ trimpot.
It works like this: when power is
first applied, pins 2 & 6 will be low
and pin 3 will be high. The 220nF
capacitor will then be charged from
pin 3 via diode D3 and the resistance
between the cathode (K) of diode D3
and the wiper of potentiometer VR1.
When the voltage across the capacitor
reaches 0.66Vcc (ie, about 7V), the output at pin 3 goes low and the capacitor
will then be discharged via diode D4
and the resistance between diode D4’s
anode and VR1’s wiper.
When the capacitor voltage drops to
0.33Vcc (ie, about 3.4V), the output at
pin 3 goes high again and the 220nF
capacitor will now be charged again, as
before. This cycle then continues until
power is removed from the circuit.
Parts List
1 PC board, code 05111081, 79
x 47mm
2 2-way PC-mount screw terminals
1 TO-220 mini heatsink, 19 x 19
x 10mm
2 M205 PC fuse clips
1 7.5A M205 fast blow fuse
1 M3 x 6mm screw
1M3 z 10mm screw
2 M3 nuts
1 50mm length of 0.8mm tinned
copper wire (link)
1 100kΩ horizontal trimpot (VR1)
OR
siliconchip.com.au
1 100kΩ linear potentiometer
1 1mm PC stake (for TP GND)
Semiconductors
1 7555 timer (IC1)
1 BC337 NPN transistor (Q1)
1 BC327 PNP transistor (Q2)
1 MTP3055 or higher rated
Mosfet (Q3)
1 12V 1W zener diode (ZD1)
1 16V 1W zener diode (ZD2)
1 1N4004 1A diode (D1)
1 MUR1560 (or equivalent) 15A
600V fast recovery diode (D2)
2 1N4148 diodes (D3,D4)
Capacitors
2 10μF 16V PC electrolytics
1 220nF MKT polyester (code
224 or 220n)
2 100nF MKT polyester (code
104 or 100n)
1 10nF MKT polyester (code 103
or 10n)
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
1 100Ω
1 10Ω
November 2008 31
Fig.2: this scope grab shows the operation of the 7555
timer when producing a pulse waveform (green trace)
with a duty cycle of 50%. The yellow trace shows the
charge/discharge waveform across the timing capacitor.
100Ω
K 10nF
12V
VR1
100k
220nF 100nF
D4 D3
ZD2
K
K
A
A
D1
A
21+
G
D
S
TP
GND
Q3
MTP
3055
A
BC337
Q1
K
+12V IN
TUPTUO MWP
100nF
K
18011150
D2
MUR
1560
+12V OUT
TUO DNG
A
16V
ZD1
A
10 µF
10Ω
1
IC1
7555
1N
4148
10 µF
+
1N
4148
+
K
Fig.3: this scope grab shows operation of the 7555 when
producing a pulse waveform with a low duty cycle
(16.7%). Note the different slopes of the capacitor charge/
discharge waveform (yellow trace).
GND
OUT
BC327
Q2
FUSE1 7.5A
Fig.6: install the parts on the PC board as shown on this wiring
diagram. Note that the board caters for both single and dual-diode
packages for D2 (ie, one diode is shorted if a dual diode is used).
The prototype
was assembled
on an older
version of the
board and
is slightly
different in
appearance
to the final
version shown
in Fig.6.
Resistor Colour Codes
Value
4-Band Code (1%)
5-Band Code (1%)
100Ω
10Ω
brown black brown brown
brown black black brown
brown black black black brown
brown black black gold brown
32 Silicon Chip
If the wiper of VR1 is centred, the
charge and discharge times for the
timing capacitor will be equal and the
output at pin 3 will be a square wave
or in other words, its duty cycle will
be 50%, ie, 50% high and 50% low.
The operation of the 7555 timer is illustrated in the scope shots of Figs.2, 3
& 4. In each case, the top trace (yellow)
shows the charging and discharging
of the capacitor while the lower trace
(green) shows the pulse output from
pin 3.
In the scope grab of Fig.2, we show
the circuit producing a square wave,
with equal charge and discharge times
for the capacitor. This is shown by the
yellow trace which is a typical triangle
waveform.
In Fig.3, we show the circuit producing a pulse waveform with a short
(17%) duty cycle which means that
most of the time, the output at pin
3 of IC1 is low. Then in Fig.4, we
show the circuit with trimpot VR1 set
fully clockwise to produce a waveform which has a 100% duty cycle.
In this case, the capacitor charging
waveform is a classic sawtooth, with
a slow charging ramp and a very sudden (almost instantaneous) discharge
time. The resultant waveform at pin 3
looks pretty much like a straight line
but it actually has extremely short
negative excursions corresponding to
the negative slopes of the capacitor
waveform.
OK, so now we know how the 7555
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.4: when adjusted for full power to the load (ie, 100%
duty cycle), the timing capacitor waveform (yellow trace)
is a classic sawtooth with slow charge and very steep
discharge slopes.
operates. Its output at pin 3 is buffered
by a complementary buffer stage comprising transistors Q1 & Q2 (emitter
followers) and these drive the gate of
the Mosfet Q3 via a 10Ω resistor. The
Mosfet then drives the load which is
connected between the +12V supply
and the Mosfet’s drain terminal.
Diode D2 clamps the spike voltages
which occur each time the Mosfet
turns off, when driving an inductive
load such as a permanent magnet
motor. The adjacent 10μF and 100nF
capacitors across the 12V supply are
there to reduce the amount of radiated interference produced by the
connecting leads to the battery and
to the motor.
In fact, you can gauge the amount
of interference the circuit produces
in an AM radio. Just bring the radio
Fig.5: this scope waveform shows the voltage delivered
to a resistive load such as an incandescent lamp or
heat element. In this case, the pulse duty cycle has been
adjusted to about 30%.
close to the circuit or its leads and
tune between stations. You will hear
the angry buzz produced by the pulse
waveform. Move the radio away by a
metre or so and the interference should
be non-existent when tuned to an AM
station.
Power for the circuit is derived from
the incoming 12V supply via diode
D1 and the 100Ω resistor. Zener diode
ZD1 provides basic supply regulation
while the 100nF and 10μF capacitors
provide a degree of filtering.
Building it
The PWM control circuit is built on
a small PC board measuring 79 x 47mm
and coded 05111081. If it comes in a
kit it is likely to have corner cut-outs so
that it fits into a standard plastic zippy
box measuring 82 x 53 x 32mm.
Actually, this kit is almost identical
to the “Nitrous Oxide Fuel Mixture
Controller” project developed for our
Performance Electronics for Cars book
but the kit for that project has now
been discontinued.
The PC board presented here has
had a few changes made to it, mainly
involving component spacing, diode
D2 and the 4-way terminal block. In
addition, the tracks to diode D3 have
been altered so that this diode now
faces the same way as D4.
Note that the unit pictured in this
article was assembled on the old version of the PC board (ie, the one used
for the Nitrous Oxide Fuel Mixture
Controller), so these changes aren’t
shown in the photos. Just follow the
parts layout diagram (Fig.6) to build
the unit and all will be well.
+12V
SPEED CONTROLLER PC BOARD
18011150
+
+
21+
TUPTUO MWP
WIPER
+12V
TUO DNG
1N
4148
1N
4148
TP
GND
+12V
OUT
MOTOR
Fig.7: here’s how to wire the unit to control the speed of a 12V DC
motor rated up to 5A (or the brightness of a 12V lamp). Trimpot VR1
sets the motor speed (or brightness) and can be replaced with a 100kΩ
potentiometer to provide variable control.
siliconchip.com.au
November 2008 33
Fig.6: this is the voltage waveform across a motor
running at a relatively low speed setting. The hash
between “on” pulses is due to the motor back-EMF and
the interference produced by the brushes.
When assembling the PC board,
make sure you insert the polarised
components the right way around.
These parts include the 7555 timer IC,
the transistors, diodes, zener diodes
and the electrolytic capacitors. Fit all
the small components first, followed
by the fast recovery diode (D2), the
fuse clips, Mosfet and the 4-way terminal block.
When fitting the two fuse clips,
make sure you put them in the right
way around so that their little retaining
lugs end up at each end of the fuse,
when it is inserted. Note also that we
have made provision for two different
fast recovery diodes for D2, either a
2-lead SOD-59 type such as MUR1560
or BY229 or a twin-diode 3-lead TO220 type such as the MBR20100CT
type. In the case of the 3-lead type,
there are actually two 10A diodes in
the package but one of them is shorted
out when the device is soldered in
place.
Fig.7: this is the voltage waveform across a motor running
at close to full speed (ie, a high duty-cycle pulse output).
Once again, the hash from the brushes (shown between
pulses) is very evident.
When installing diode, crank the
leads at right angles so that they go
through the board and the hole in the
mounting lug lines up with the 3mm
hole in the PC board. Before the diode is soldered in place, bolt it to the
board with an M3 screw and nut. Do
not solder the diode and then tighten
the screw and nut otherwise you will
stress the diode package and it will
fail prematurely.
Similarly, when mounting the Mosfet, crank its leads to suit the board
and mount it with a mini U-shaped
heatsink. It is secured to the board
with an M3 screw and nut and then
its leads can be soldered.
Finally, fit the 4-way connector and
the board is finished.
Testing
Before connecting the battery, carefully check your work against the circuit and the PC board wiring diagram
(Fig.6). Make sure that every compo-
nent is installed exactly as shown.
Next, connect a low wattage 12V
lamp to the +12V and OUT terminals
and apply 12V DC from a battery or
mains-operated 10A DC power supply.
You should be able to vary the brightness from fully on to completely off
with the trimpot.
If you are happy with that, you
can then install the board in its final
position.
By the way, if you want to fit a full
size potentiometer (with knob) as a
variable control instead of using a
trimpot on the board, it is quite simple.
Just connect the three wires from the
pot instead of the trimpot and make
sure that the centre (wiper) wire from
the pot goes to the wiper connection
on the PC board.
Finally, if you want to reduce the
pulse frequency, perhaps to make
the whine in the motor less audible,
change the 220nF capacitor to a larger
SC
value, say 270nF or 330nF.
Looking for real performance?
•
•
•
•
From the publis
hers of
Learn how engine management systems work
160 PAGES
Build projects to control nitrous, fuel injection and turbo boost systems
23 CHAPTE
RS
Switch devices on and off on the basis of signal frequency, temperature and voltage
Build test instruments to check fuel injector duty cycle, fuel mixtures and brake & temperature
Mail order prices: Aust. $A22.50 (incl. GST & P&P); Overseas $A26.00 via airmail. Order by phoning (02) 9939
3295 & quoting your credit card number; or fax the details to (02) 9939 2648; or mail your order with cheque
or credit card details to Silicon Chip Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
34 Silicon Chip
Intelligent
turbo timer
I SBN 0958522
94
-4
TURBO BO
OST
&
nitrous fuel cont
9 78095
8
5229
46
$19.80 (inc GST) NZ
$22.00 (inc GST)
rollers
How engin
e
management
works
siliconchip.com.au
USB Clock
With LCD
Readout
Pt.2: By MAURO GRASSI
Last month, we detailed the circuit of the
USB Clock and showed you how to build it. This
month, we detail the software installation and describe
how it is used. We also describe how to synchronise your PC
to an internet time server and how to synchronise the USB
Clock to the PC each time the PC boots up.
H
AVING BUILT the hardware, the
next step is to install the necessary driver. The following outlines the
steps for Windows XP but other Windows versions, including Windows
Vista, should work similarly.
The first step is to download the
Microchip installer (MCHPFSUSB_
Setup_v1.3.exe) from the SILICON CHIP
website and run it (it’s in the November
2008 downloads section). Note that
you must use version 1.3, as older or
newer versions may not be compatible.
When you run the installer, this will
copy the driver to the C:\MCHPFUSB\
PC\MCHPUSB Driver\Release folder.
Subsequently, when you first connect the USB Clock to your computer,
Windows will recognise the device as
a “Microchip Custom USB device”.
siliconchip.com.au
The “Found New Hardware” dialog
will then appear (see Fig.7) and you
should select the “No, not this time”
option and click “Next”.
At the following dialog, select “Install from a list or specific location”
and click “Next” again to bring up the
dialog shown in Fig.8. Select “Search
for the best driver in these locations”
and enable the “Include this location
in the search” box.
Now click the “Browse” button. In
the “Locate File” dialog that appears,
navigate to where the MCHPUSB files
were installed (normally it will be C:\
MCHPFUSB\PC\MCHPUSB Driver\
Release folder) and select “mchpusb.
inf”. Click “Next” and Windows will
then install the driver.
If the driver is installed correctly,
you should be able to see the “Microchip Custom USB Device” entry in
Device Manager (provided the USB
Clock is connected), as shown in Fig.9
(Control Panel -> System -> Hardware
Tab -> Device Manager tab).
Installing/using usbclock.exe
Once the driver has been installed,
you can control the USB clock using
the usbclock.exe program. The first
step is to download this program from
the SILICON CHIP website (November
2008 downloads section), unzip it and
copy it to a suitable folder (eg, create
a folder called “usbclock”).
Usbclock.exe is a simple program
that’s run from the Command Prompt
dialog (formerly known as a DOS box).
It’s simply a matter of navigating to the
November 2008 35
Fig.7: this is the dialog that appears the first time the
USB clock is connected to the PC. Select the option
shown and click the “Next” button.
Fig.8: selecting “Install from a list or specific location”
brings up this dialog. Select the options shown and click
the “Next” button. Windows then installs the driver.
Fig.9: this entry will appear in Device
Manager if the driver is installed
correctly.
folder where the program resides, then
typing usbclock to synchronise the
USB Clock with the clock on the PC.
For other functions, simply enter
usbclock x at the command prompt,
substituting the appropriate switch
for the “x”.
Table 4 shows the various command
line switches and their functions.
Among other things, you can view the
current operating settings (-i), change
the PWM duty cycle (and thus the
brightness) of the backlight (-p:X), set
the backlight timeout period (-t:X), set
the auto-backlighting on or off (-a:X)
and change the display format from
36 Silicon Chip
Fig.10: the USB clock is synchronised with your PC’s time by running the
usbclock.exe program from a command window. This screen grab shows the
output after running usbclock -i to view all the clock’s operating settings.
the default 24-hour time to 12-hour
format (-y:X).
Fig.10 shows a typical example
of the screen that appears when the
usbclock program is run.
Driving the USB Clock
There’s only one control on the front
panel of the USB Clock and that’s
pushbutton switch S1. You simply
press S1 to turn on the backlight. This
will be turned on for the duration of
the timeout period (set by running
the usbclock –t:X command) at the
set PWM duty (set by running the
usbclock –p:X command).
Pressing S1 again allows you to
scroll through the different display
modes of the clock. You can then see
the date displayed on the clock as well
as other settings. The display modes
were shown in Table 2 last month.
siliconchip.com.au
Synchronising Your PC To A Network Time Server
Fig.11: this dialog is used in WinXP
to enable your PC to synchronise
with an internet time server.
T
HE NTP (network time protocol)
is used to synchronise “networkenabled” devices (such as your PC)
with remote time-servers. Basically, a
time-server is a server computer that
derives its time from a very accurate
reference clock and distributes this
time to other computers. The most
common time reference for these
servers is a GPS clock or GPS master clock.
To ensure that your PC’s local
clock (and by extension, your USB
clock) always shows the correct time,
it’s necessary to enable NTP time
synchronisation in Windows. When
this is done, your PC will synchronise
with the selected Internet time server
once a week, although you can also
perform manual updates as well.
NTP synchronisation is enabled in
Windows XP as follows:
(1) Double-click the clock in the bottom right corner of the system tray.
(2) Click the “Internet Time” tab on the
resulting “Date and Time Properties”
dialog to bring up the dialog shown
in Fig.11.
(3) Select “Automatically synchronize
with an Internet time server”.
(4) Enter a valid NTP server domain
name into the space provided. The
After the display timeout period
expires (from the last switch press)
the display mode will revert to the
default display mode (set by running
the usbclock –z:X command). The
display timeout can be changed by
running the usbclock –d:X command.
There’s one more feature we need
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.12: if you have the firwall enabled on an ADSL or cable modem/router,
then you will have to enable outgoing UDP connections on port 123. This
screen grab shows the set-up for a Motorola SBG900 cable modem.
au.pool.ntp.org server should work
for users in Australia but you can also
select one of the default overseas
servers from the drop-down list.
Alternatively, there are many other
NTP servers available and you can
easily do an internet search for them.
A good place to start is www.pool.
ntp.org
(5) Click on the “Update Now” button to test the synchronisation. The
Windows NTP service may fail if a
firewall is blocking it, although NTP
may also fail sporadically even when
set-up correctly, due to lost packets
or handshaking timing out.
Punching through the firewall
NTP uses UDP port 123, so you
must ensure that your firewall is not
blocking outgoing traffic on this port.
If it is, NTP synchronisation will fail
to explain and that’s the auto backlighting mode. If enabled (usbclock
-a:1 or usbclock-a:2 turns it on, while
usbclock -a:0 turns it off), the unit
automatically turns the backlight on
at the set PWM duty cycle, depending
on the time of day (provided that the
USB Clock is running on USB power).
consistently and you will have to
change the firewall’s settings.
The Windows XP and Vista firewalls allow all outgoing traffic and will
work by default. By contrast, other
third-party firewalls often block out
going connections on port 123 and
will have to be modified.
Do a search on the Internet to find
the appropriate settings for your particular firewall (or check the manual).
Note that you only need to enable
outgoing UDP traffic on port 123 (not
incoming).
Similarly, if you have the firewall
enabled on your ADSL (or cable)
modem/router, then you may need
to modify its settings as well.
Fig.12 shows the settings for a Motorola SBG900 cable modem. Again,
you only need to allow outbound UDP
traffic on port 123.
If in automatic backlight mode 1,
the backlight will turn on between
6pm and 6am. This means that if you
have the USB clock connected to a
powered hub, the backlight will come
on automatically at night. By contrast,
in mode 2, it will be on all day.
The auto backlighting will not work
November 2008 37
Command
Function
Example
Result
The windows time will be synchronised
with the USB clock.
You will be able to see all the operating
settings of the USB clock on your PC. An
example screen shot is shown in Fig.10.
usbclock or usbclock -s
Synchronises the USB clock with the
local clock on your Windows PC.
usbclock
usbclock -i
View all relevant operating settings of
the USB clock.
usbclock -i
usbclock -m:X where X is the
number of one of the display
modes in Table 2.
Sets the PWM duty for the backlight.
The higher the number the brighter
the backlighting will be and the greater
the power consumption. Note that for
values below about 15%, the backlight
will not be visible.
Sets the timeout period in seconds
for the backlight. When switch S1 is
pressed the USB Clock will light the
backlight. After the time-out period
expires, the backlight dims to off.
Sets the display time-out period in seconds. When this expires, the display
reverts to the default display mode.
Set the USB Clock’s display mode for
the display time-out period. The clock
then reverts to the default display
mode.
usbclock -v:X where X is in mV
Sets the USB Clock’s reference voltage.
usbclock -p:X, where X is a
number from 0 to 100.
usbclock -t:X
usbclock -d:X
usbclock -p:80
Sets the backlight PWM duty to 80%.
usbclock -t:60
Sets the time-out period to 1 minute.
usbclock -d:120
usbclock -m:0
Sets the display time-out period to 120
seconds (2 minutes).
Sets the display mode to display the time
in HH:MM (hours, minutes) format.
usbclock -v:3300
Sets the reference voltage to 3.3V.
the USB Clock’s sense resistor
usbclock -c:X where X is in mΩ Sets
value.
usbclock -z:X where X is the
Sets the USB Clock’s default display
number of one of the display
mode (and the display mode).
modes in Table 2.
usbclock -c:1650
Sets the sense resistor reference value to
1.65Ω.
usbclock -l:X where X is in mV
between 2170 and 4500mV.
Sets the USB Clock’s low-voltage trip
point.
usbclock -l:2400
usbclock -a:X where X is either
0 (disable) or 1 (enable 6pm to
6am) or 2 (all day).
usbclock -y:X where X is either
0 for 24-hour time (default) or 1
for 12-hour time.
Sets the USB Clock’s auto backlighting
on or off.
usbclock -a:1
Sets the backlight to automatically turn on
between 6pm and 6am.
Sets the USB Clock’s time display
mode (24hr or 12hr).
usbclock -y:1
Sets the USB Clock to 12-hour time.
usbclock.exe -r
Resets the USB Clock.
usbclock -z:1
usbclock.exe -r
Making Usbclock.exe Run Automatically
The USB Clock does not synchronise its time automatically with the PC
just because it is connected to the PC
via a USB cable. To do that, you have
to run the usbclock.exe program (ie,
by typing usbclock and pressing the
Enter key at the command line).
If you wish, you can automate
this procedure by having Windows
run usbclock.exe each time the
computer boots up. This is done by
placing a shortcut to the program in
the Start-up folder, as follows:
(1) Create a shortcut to the usbclock.
exe program by right-clicking it and
dragging it to the desktop.
(2) Copy or move this shortcut to
the C:\Documents and Settings\
38 Silicon Chip
YourUserName\Start Menu\Programs\Startup folder (YourUserName is your user account name).
Once the above steps have been
completed, the usbclock.exe program will automatically run each
time Windows boots up and thus
synchronise the USB Clock to the
PC’s clock.
Note that you should also set up
your PC’s local time to synchronise
automatically with an internet time
server, to make sure that your PC’s
clock (and thus your USB Clock) is
always accurate. The way to do this
is set out in a separate panel titled
“Synchronising Your PC With A Network Time Server”.
Sets the display to show the date.
Sets the low voltage trip point to 2.4V.
If it is set too high, the backlight will be
turned off too soon.
Resets the USB Clock and all settings are
restored to default values.
Table 4: the command line switches
for the usbclock.exe host program.
The USB Clock synchronises its time
with your PC’s clock when you run
this program without any switches
and the program can also be set to run
automatically when the PC boots.
when the USB clock is running from
battery power. In that case, you will
have to turn the backlight on manually
by pressing S1.
Tweaking the charging current
The charging current depends on the
reference value for the sense resistor.
If you wish, this reference value can
be changed (to give a more accurate
charging current readout) by running
the usbclock -c:X command.
The default value is 1.65Ω which
is the nominal resistance of the two
siliconchip.com.au
How The Circuit Conserves Power
One important feature of the PIC
18F4550 is its support for low-power
managed modes. Although the use of
CMOS ICs is important for minimising power consumption, much of the
power conservation is achieved in
the firmware
Basically, the microcontroller will
respond to interrupts and then go into
idle mode, resulting in very low power
consumption. In idle mode, peripherals like the screen refresh timer and
the timekeeping timer still operate but
the CPU is switched off. An interrupt
generated by the peripheral will wake
the CPU. The interrupt will then be
serviced, after which the CPU reverts
to idle mode again.
In normal operation without the
backlighting, the current consumption
is less than 1mA. This means that the
clock should be able to keep running
from battery power for at least a few
weeks before the batteries need
recharging.
By contrast, the backlight draws
around 200mA at 100% duty-cycle.
This reduces to around 100mA at
50% duty-cycle and 80mA at 30%
duty-cycle.
In battery mode, the backlight is
turned on by briefly pressing S1. It will
then stay on for the duration of the timeout period (this can be set by running
the usbclock.exe program using the -t
option, as explained below).
After the period expires, the backlight quickly dims down and turns off.
Note that the backlight duty cycle is
also set by running the usbclock.
exe program, this time using the -p
option.
In addition, as mentioned previously, the microcontroller automatically
reduces the duty cycle if it detects
that the supply voltage rail is buckling
parallel 3.3Ω resistors on the PC board.
If the resistors don’t measure 1.65Ω,
you can tweak the reference value to
match their actual value.
Normally, however, you don’t need
to worry about this unless you’re very
fussy about accurate charging current
readings.
Similarly, the supply voltage reading depends on the accuracy of the
3.3V reference voltage. In practice
siliconchip.com.au
under the load (this will only happen
when the backlight is used when running from battery power).
Basically, the microcontroller sets a
low-voltage trip point, with an interrupt
occurring if the supply voltage drops
below this point when S1 is pressed.
When that happens, the microcontroller immediately reduces the PWM
duty cycle of the backlight.
As a result, if the batteries are sufficiently discharged, the backlight will
not turn on when S1 is pressed.
Going one step further, if the microcontroller detects that the supply
voltage is below the trip point when
the backlight is not being driven (ie,
0% duty-cycle), then the firmware will
go into an extended power conservation mode (extra low power). In this
mode, the main priority is to keep
the real time clock updated, while
the display will show “Lo” to indicate
a low battery.
The firmware will subsequently
exit this mode when the USB clock
is connected to a PC and the battery
begins charging again.
If the supply voltage drops even
lower than this, the firmware assumes that power is soon to be lost
or that the battery is too discharged
to provide power. In this case, the
firmware instructs the microcontroller
to go to sleep.
In this state, the CPU and all
peripherals are turned off, markedly
reducing the power consumption to
just microamps.
This prevents the battery from
discharging even further.
Of course, at this point, the timekeeping fails. However, it is subsequently synchronised the next time
the USB clock is connected to the
PC (provided the PC is operating).
though, this may be slightly off due
to manufacturing variations of IC1. It
should be close to 3.3V and so the default value of 3.3V should be adequate
in most cases.
If necessary, you can change the
reference voltage (using the usbclock
-v:X command) to increase the accuracy of the voltage reading. It should
match the voltage at pin 19 of IC1, as
SC
measured using a voltmeter.
JOIN THE TECHNOLOGY
AGE NOW
with
PICAXE
Developed as a teaching tool,
the PICAXE is a low-cost “brain”
for almost any project
Easy to use and understand,
professionals & hobbyists can
be productive within minutes.
Free software development
system and low-cost in-circuit
programming.
Variety of hardware, project
boards and kits to suit your
application.
Digital, analog, RS232,
1-Wire™, SPI and I2C.
PC connectivity.
Applications include:
Datalogging
Robotics
Measurement & instruments
Motor & lighting control
Farming & agriculture
Internet server
Wireless links
Colour sensing
Fun games
Distributed in Australia by
Microzed Computers
Pty Limited
Phone 1300 735 420
Fax 1300 735 421
www.microzed.com.au
November 2008 39
SERVICEMAN'S LOG
Yes Serviceman: The Moral Dilemma
Jim Hacker in the British TV comedy series
“Yes Minister” faced many moral dilemmas
in his never-ending battle with the wily Sir
Humphrey Appleby. I recently faced a moral
dilemma of my own when I wrongly diagnosed
a fault in a customer’s LCD TV.
I was recently phoned by the owner
of a local retail shop, asking that I
urgently repair an LCD TV which
they used (in conjunction with a
DVD player) to display one of their
products.
When I subsequently arrived at the
shop, I found that the set was attached
to a wall bracket and they had neither
the remote control nor the original
stand. That meant that I was behind
the eight-ball before I even started.
The TV was a late-model Conia
CLCD3278, which is an 82cm LCD set
with an internal analog cable tuner. I
asked whether it was still under warranty and was assured it wasn’t but
40 Silicon Chip
in any event, they couldn’t find the
paperwork.
The owner demanded a concrete
quotation almost immediately which
I said I just couldn’t do. Instead, I told
him that it would have to go back to
the workshop and then I could provide a quote after I had examined it.
However, I did say that I thought the
problem was due to the power supply
and that it could be rather expensive.
After some hesitation, they eventually agreed to let me take the set away.
When I got it back to the workshop, I
immediately removed the covers and
took a look at the dual switchmode
power supply. It was completely dead,
Items Covered This Month
•
•
•
•
Conia CLCD3278 LCD TV
Sony SLV-D985PAZ VCR/DVD
Combo
Lost computer password
Freeplay 3360 (FPR3 360)
radio
with no output voltages from either the
main or standby supply units.
Subsequent checks showed that the
240V AC supply was available all the
way to the bridge rectifier. In addition,
none of the parts showed any signs of
stress and there were no measurable
shorts or open circuits in critical supply paths. By rights, this power supply should have been showing some
signs of life.
Next, I tracked down the agents for
Conia and was informed that there
were no circuits for the set. They also
confirmed that this particular set was
no longer under warranty and quoted
$400 for the MLT666 power supply.
Based on that information, I submitted a quote which, as you can imagine,
was not well received. Together with
labour, it would mean that the cost
of fixing their two-year-old LCD TV
would be about two-thirds the cost of
a new one.
While their accountant was venting
his spleen over this, I continued to
spend time trying to find out why the
supply wasn’t working. There were
several ICs, both surface mounted
and conventional types, but I couldn’t
source them, even on Google. A few
checks revealed that power was
reaching these ICs but because I had
no circuit, I couldn’t be sure that the
voltages were correct.
There was no voltage output at all at
any time so, on the basis I had nothing
to lose, I removed the power supply
for further checks. Once it was out, I
carefully discharged the main electros
and began making continuity checks
siliconchip.com.au
but still couldn’t fault anything.
Next, I fitted a socket for the conventional IC in the hope that I might be
able to obtain one. After that, I put it to
one side while the customer decided
what he wanted to do.
After a few days, they decided that
they didn’t want to proceed and asked
what the charge was for the work so
far. I replied that it would be just one
hour’s labour plus one IC socket but if
they preferred, I would be quite happy
to swap this for the set which I figured
might be useful for spares at a later
date. They didn’t take too kindly to
this suggestion, apparently reasoning
that I had hatched a plot to defraud
them of their broken set.
In the end, it was agreed that
I would return the set the next
working day, which happened to
be a Monday. Come Monday morning,
I reassembled the power supply into
the set and refitted the back. And just
to make sure that nothing else was
dangerously amiss, I reconnected the
power to the set.
Would you believe it – the set now
worked perfectly! I removed the back
and checked yet again for any bad connections, intermittent or otherwise,
but this time no matter what I did the
set was now working properly and
refused to fail.
Well, as you can imagine, this left
me in an embarrassing situation with
only a few hours left before I had
to redeliver a supposedly faulty set
back to its suspicious owners. I was
completely out of ideas as to why it
had suddenly come good, so I phoned
several colleagues to see whether
siliconchip.com.au
anyone else had ever encountered
anything like this.
Most said no but one told me that he
had twice had cases where the power
supply (for various different brands of
sets) had failed after a power surge but
after being completely discharged and
left for several days had begun to work
again. His theory was that static voltages had caused the internal protection
circuits within some of the control
ICs to cut in. Once these voltages had
gone, the protection circuits allowed
the supply to work again.
This explanation seemed logical to
me but would it sound reasonable to
my client – especially as I intended
to charge an extra hour’s labour for all
the time I had spent on the set. Then
there was the problem of warranty.
How could I possibly give a warranty
in this situation? If the set failed again,
it would still cost $400 for another
power supply and I wasn’t prepared
to take the risk that I would have to
wear it.
I spoke to the boss and explained as
best I could that I was now in a position
to repair the TV to component level but
could not provide a guarantee. Would
they be prepared to take the risk? Well,
I was lucky. They decided they would
November 2008 41
Serviceman’s Log – continued
needed by description. Speedy Spares
from Melbourne was able to decipher
this (probably with the use of an
additional service manual I didn’t
have) and came up with the exact part
(AC6620581A). I fitted it and reassembled the whole machine which now
worked perfectly.
My main problem now is explaining that this fault was different and
had nothing to do with the previous
symptoms and accordingly there will
be additional charges.
Computer hassles
and they got the set back for a fraction
of the original quote.
I checked with them some weeks
later and the set was still working,
so it looks like my colleague’s theory
was correct.
Sony VCR/DVD likes tape
An elderly retired couple brought in
their 2002 Sony SLV-D985PAZ VCR/
DVD Combo, complaining that it was
chewing tapes. Now admittedly Sony
is a top brand but most of these combos
are just not economical to repair, as
new ones are so cheap and technology
just keeps on getting better.
However, some people just get used
to using one piece of hardware and
just hate the thought of learning new
stuff all over again and so this couple
decided to get their Sony fixed, even
though it really wasn’t worth it.
The tape was getting chewed up
along its edge and the usual cause
is the pinch roller. A new lever assembly (part No. 3-067-784-01) and
a good clean soon fixed the problem.
I returned and installed the unit and
42 Silicon Chip
thought that that would be the end
of it.
However, you can imagine my embarrassment when four months later
they brought the unit back again,
complaining that it was still chewing
tapes. When I examined it, I noticed
that Fast Forward and Rewind were
slow and that the tape was being
chewed up when ejected because the
tape wasn’t being pulled back into
the cassette housing in time before it
was ejected.
I pulled the deck out and made
sure that the belt to the capstan motor
wasn’t slipping for any reason. Often
the pulley on the capstan motor cracks
and slips but everything was OK until
I removed the reel idler clutch assembly and disassembled it, whereupon I
found hairline cracks in the gear centre
assembly. The only problem was that
my genuine service manual marked
these parts as “not supplied” in the
exploded parts diagram, with no part
numbers given.
Despite this, I thought it was worth
a chance to try and order the parts I
A client recently brought in a computer that he’d bought secondhand.
It ran Windows XP Home and apparently was in good working order.
His problem was that he didn’t have
the administrator’s password so he
couldn’t log on as the administrator.
Fortunately, there is a very clever
freeware Linux program that can solve
this problem. This program can be
downloaded from http://home.eunet.
no/~pnordahl/ntpasswd/ and is used
to make a bootable CD or floppy disc.
The machine is then booted from
this disc and the password recovery
program goes straight to the security
configuration files and lets you edit
them. Apparently, it works not only
with Windows XP but also with NT,
Windows 2000 and Vista.
The trouble with this installation
was that even after I’d done this, it
still wouldn’t let me in because of
an unspecified account restriction. I
did manage to get in as a guest but
without administration rights, which
is very restrictive. The problem was
that the list of user names shown by
running the password reset disk did
not match the user account names in
the Control Panel.
In the end, I reasoned that this account restriction was probably because
of an additional domain name that
would not let me access the individual
user accounts fully. I messed around
trying everything until I finally ended
up deleting all the administrators!
After some initial panic that I had lost
access to the client’s important files,
I went “Googling” until I asked the
right question.
Fortunately, in XP Home, if you
boot up in Safe Mode you can create a
default administrator and a new password. This back door saved my bacon
and restored control to the computer
in normal mode. A more dangerous
siliconchip.com.au
and risky way is to use Regedt32.exe
but I really wouldn’t recommend that
unless you are an expert.
Finally, don’t mess with the password reset program unless you know
what you are doing or have nothing
to lose. You could end up in a mess
if you do.
Getting the green light
This next story came from a colleague and is about a guy in South Africa who bought himself a new TV set.
He subsequently returned to the store
the very next day, complaining that the
set did not work properly. However,
when the salesman plugged it in, it
worked perfectly in the showroom.
Thinking that it might be an intermittent fault, the salesman didn’t
argue and exchanged it for another set.
But that wasn’t the end of it because
the customer was back the next day
with exactly the same complaint.
Again the salesman plugged it in,
again it worked perfectly, and again
he replaced it without argument. But
you’ve guessed it – the customer returned the very next day complaining
that this third set was also faulty.
At this stage, the long-suffering
salesman suggested that they take
the set to the customer’s home to
see if they could get to the bottom of
the problem. Sure enough, when he
plugged it in, the set initially came on
but then switched off, came on, went
off again and so on in a continuous
on/off cycle.
When quizzed as to source of
his electricity supply, the customer
pointed out of his window to the traffic lights on the adjacent corner! He
was leeching the power off the grid
supplying the lights and the TV was
turning on and off in perfect sync with
the green light!
The $64,000 mistake
We’ve all heard about the $64,000
question. Well, this story is about
a $64,000 mistake. It comes from
siliconchip.com.au
Brett and what follows is in his own
words . . .
After many years in the IT and electronics industry, I made an error that
would make any manager wince and
gave a financial controller apoplexy.
I was the Logistics Manager in New
Zealand for a large American computer
company based in Texas. One of my
jobs was to ensure that all our branches
had an adequate supply of spare parts
for all the equipment installed in their
respective regions. Budgets had to be
met while maintaining branch stocks
with everything they would reasonably require – sometimes a juggling
act of almost impossible proportions.
And with new equipment being released regularly, I got lots of practise
at treading that line.
One day, a salesman sealed a contract with a large new customer. However, it was conditional on supplying
a certain type of tape drive that was
compatible with their existing system.
It was known internally that such a
unit was going to be released but much
later in the year. In fact, it would be too
late for the sale to go ahead but the customer was considered prestigious and
so the American head-office agreed
to supply a unit ahead of schedule to
secure the contract.
And so, on that basis, the contract
was signed and the equipment ordered.
The equipment, including the tape
drive, arrived on time, having undergone all its normal pre-installation
checks. However, our company had
yet to secure detailed or second level
documentation (in those days, “second
level” meant component level repair).
Instead, all we had at that stage was
some preliminary material and a basic
manual from the OEM supplier.
When the tape drive was unpacked,
it worked for about an hour, then suddenly failed. The lights came on but
the tapes refused to load. There was no
smoke, no unusual sounds or anything
other indications of trouble – just a
failed unit that none of us had seen
three hours earlier.
This was a large beast in a 19-inch
rack and our buy price was just under
$US30,000. To convert US dollars to
landed cost, we used a quick rule of
thumb that worked very well, taking
into account sales tax, duty, freight,
insurance, etc. We added 75% to our
buy price and then converted that to
New Zealand dollars. The company
purchased forward exchange so we
always knew that at least the exchange
rate was correct.
With the exchange rate then in
force, our landed cost for a whole unit
was a fraction over $64,000. I had the
authority to buy whatever spare parts
I deemed necessary and this was
reflected in my budget. I don’t recall
the actual amount but it was under
$10,000 per month.
Getting back to the tape drive, it
was opened and a visual inspection
revealed a broken belt. The drive motor
turned and neither of the two sprockets it went around seemed jammed
or tight. In light of this I ordered two
belts to be delivered by international
courier. However, head office had no
spares and referred me to the manufacturer. They couldn’t even supply
the part number of the belt.
This was the age of the telex machine and as was common practice,
we all sent own telexes. Anyway, I
set a telex requesting two spare belts,
describing where this item went and
what it did in some detail, to ensure
the correct units were sent. And towards the end of the telex was a sentence along the lines of “please send
the described belts by international
courier for model XYZ tape drive”.
The following day, I received confirmation of my order but they declined
the courier request and said my order
would be filled by immediate airfreight
– at a premium, of course. OK, that
was fine by me since we needed them
in a hurry.
About 10 days later, the Finan-
November 2008 43
Serviceman’s Log – continued
vated, leaving a prominent Auckland
company without any computing
facilities for four days.
Maybe if I had been more sympathetic, God would have inserted that
missing “f” for me!
Saving the planet
cial Controller called me and asked
whether I had placed an order from
this OEM supplier, to which I replied
that I had. He sounded like he was
having either a panic attack or a heart
attack, or possibly both. He also demanded to know on whose authority
I had placed the order.
I replied that, for such a small
amount, it was well and truly within
my own authority, to which he asked
just how much b***dy authority I
thought that was. An ordinary day was
rapidly starting to deteriorate. He then
asked if I knew how much the order
came to and I said no but an educated
estimate of $10 per belt would bring
the total, including airfreight to under
$NZ60.
My deteriorating day then suddenly
got a whole lot worse. Apparently our
freight agents had just advised our
orders administrator that there was
a complete tape drive at the airport.
It had been cleared through customs
and was ready to ship. Where did we
want it?
Huh?
That wasn’t the end of it, of course,
because our Financial Controller
was holding an invoice for just over
$NZ64,000. No wonder he was having
a panic attack!
I told the Financial Controller about
the failed belt in the unit we had and
explained that I had ordered two. The
44 Silicon Chip
customer was a high priority, so I had
asked for priority shipment. Clearly
the OEM had made a mistake. When
asked to prove this, I simply got my
telex copy and read it to him. And that
is when it sunk home.
I had ordered two belts for that
model of tape drive. However, in my
telex I had dropped a single letter
from one of the words. Instead of the
telex reading “would you please send
the belts for a tape drive”, it actually
read “would you please send the belts
OR a tape drive” – a totally different
request.
Unfortunately, I had missed this
simple error when I proof-read the
telex before it was sent. So a single
dropped “f” ended up costing an
unexpected $64,000. I was eventually forgiven but jokes at my expense
involving the letter “f” abounded for
many months to come.
The previous week I had been one
of those who had laughed and made
snide comments when an engineer
from a rival vendor dropped a spanner into a large IBM printer while
doing an adjustment. Unfortunately,
the printer was turned on at the time
and the spanner bridged a smoothing
capacitor on a 60A power supply rail,
melting the wiring harness.
The result was clouds of smoke and
a tripped building fire alarm. Worse
still, the halon gas flood system acti-
Despite the modern-day emphasis
on greenhouse energy-saving “eco”
devices, I was still surprised when I
was asked to repair an old clockwork
dyno-powered radio.
These radios were first designed
by a British accountant called Trevor
Baylis in 1989. He went on to form
Baygen Power Industries (now Freeplay Energy) to produce these radios
for people living in outback South
Africa where there is no electricity.
These wind-up radios use a clockwork constant velocity spring to turn
a DC generator dynamo (initially an
alternator). This charges a nicad battery which in turn powers the radio.
Later models were improved by the
addition of solar cells. They were
initially expensive but the price has
since come down considerably.
Anyway, I was brought in not one
but two Freeplay 3360 (FPR3 360)
wind-up radios, both of which were
dead. And although repairing them
was hardly an economic proposition,
my curiosity got the better of me. In
addition, I would be doing my bit for
the planet by fixing them – after all,
one good turn deserves another.
The first one I tackled had a slipping
belt which meant that the dynamo
wasn’t turning fast enough to charge
the battery. I replaced it only to find
that there was now a loud squeal coming from the gearbox. Lubricating this
with grease fixed that problem and so
the first unit was back in operation.
In the second unit, the dynamo had
seized but I quickly got it working
again by lubricating the bearings. I
then found that the wind-up mechanism would not unwind and this was
also fixed by applying a lubricant.
For good measure, I changed the belt
as well and the dynamo was now
working but even after charging the
batteries for six minutes the unit still
refused to work.
The problem wasn’t hard to find,
with the two rechargeable batteries
(650mAh NiMH types) only able to
muster 1.2V between them. Obviously
one cell was cactus and replacing it
SC
fixed the second radio.
siliconchip.com.au
BIRTHDAY
AA & AAA BATTERY
FAST CHARGER
WIND GENERATORS
The new super-compact 300W units are a technological
step up from our other two models.They
feature moulded, compact, efficient blade
design, are lightweight, have
UP to
neodymium
500W
magnets, and the
Peak
charge controller is
built into the generator
head. They also feature
slip rings to avoid cable
*No
breakage. These 300W units
mounting
will start spinning at just
hardware,
2.5m/s wind speed, and will
poles or
produce their rated power at
guide wires
12m/s (max power 500W at
included.
15m/s). Available in 12V and
24V outputs, all parts fit into
one box weighing just 17kg making it convenient to
transport.
$
599
• Operates the FOXTEL® and
Austar Digital Set Top Box
• 2 x AA batteries included
Stock product may
$
vary from picture
Cat: MG-4532
• Set of 3 Spare Blades for to suit (Cat. MG-4534) $69.95
Cat: ST-3111
NEW ROCKINGHAM STORE
59 95
Includes:
Cat: XC-4690
1 x 1m
eSATA Cable
1 x eSATA Bracket Cable
1 x 290cm 5-pin male mini USB to regular male USB
Up to 480Mbps transfer rate with USB 2.0
Up to 3Gb/s transfer rate with eSATA
40W AMORPHOUS
SOLAR PANEL
WITH JUNCTION BOX
The junction box is IP65 rated
and the connectors are IP67
rated. Both are TÜV rated.
20 year limited warranty.
1/61 Dixon Road
Rockingham WA 6168
Phone: (08) 9592 8000
39 95
Cat: QM-3778
NEW STORE IN NZ - HASTINGS
SATA HDD
DOCKING STATION
$
39 95
$
19 95
Allows you to dock any 2.5" or 3.5" SATA
hard-drive for easy transfer of files. A great
tool for those who regularly
clone drives or need to
swap or check old SATA
drives.
$
• Compatible with Windows 98,
2000. ME, XP, Vista,
Mac OSX 10.4
• Supports JPEG, BMP, TIF, GIF
or PNG images
• 12/24 hour clock with calendar
• Alarm with snooze function
• Backlit LCD
• Batteries included
• Measures: 93(H) x 58(W) x 14(D)mm
Cat: AR-1735
RF PRESENTER WITH
LASER POINTER
• Battery included
• Up to 10 metre range
• Dimensions: 88(L) x 34(W) x 9(H)mm
Cat: MB-3531
Designed specifically to operate your Pay TV
Digital Set Top Box and give you direct
access to the special features available on
the name brand remote.
Approx 180mm long.
599
Combining a laser pointer and an
RF remote control, this handy
device gives you control over
your PowerPoint presentations,
training sessions or slide shows.
The receiver connects to your
PC’s USB port and gives you
page up/down, play and blank
screen functions. Ideal for
corporate trainers, conferences or
just for the family holiday slide show.
69 95
PAY TV SET-TOP-BOX
REMOTE CONTROL
300W 24VDC
$
Cat: MG-4530
$
• Dimensions: 130(L) x
78(W) x 36(H)mm
ALARM CLOCK WITH 1.5”
DIGITAL PHOTO VIEWER
Take your memories with you
when you travel. Pocket sized, this is the ideal
travelling companion. Use the included
Photo Viewer software to download
and edit your photos then view them
in slideshow or single frame mode.
Super Fast 15 Minute Charger for
AA & AAA Ni-MH Batteries.
The charger uses Delta V voltage
detection to charge the batteries to
optimal levels and ensure long
battery life. Charges AA & AAA in
15 minutes. Car charging cable
and mains plugpack included.
• Rated Power: 300W
• Max Power: 500W
• No of Blades: 3
• Blade Material: ABS
• Included: generator, blades, tail, hub, nose cone
300W 12VDC
A
Z
N
A
N
BO
819 Heretaunga St West
Hastings NZ 4122
Phone: (06) 876 0239
1/10 SCALE RC ELECTRIC
BUGGY OR MONSTER TRUCK
Don't be fooled by the price tag, these are
serious 1/10th scale electric off-road remote
control racing cars! Each is constructed
around a lightweight hardened plastic chassis,
and features front and rear fully adjustable
independent suspension with oil-dampened shock
absorbers, full-time shaft-driven 4WD with front and rear
geared differentials, lightweight aluminium top plate for
extra chassis strength, hi-speed steering servo,
electronic speed controller (ESC) and hi-torque RC540
brushed motor.
Recommended for ages 12 yrs +
Due late November
Two models available
$
$
199
219
Cat: GT-3672
Cat: GT-3670
• Maximum power: 40W peak
• Rated Voltage: 12V
• Open circuit voltage: 29V
• Short circuit current: 2.3A
• Voltage <at> max power: 18V
• Current <at> max power: 2.0A
• Dimensions:
$
1253 x 643 x 37mm
• Weight: 14.7kg
Cat: ZM-9034
319
While Stocks Last - No Rainchecks
Buggy
GT-3670
Monster Truck
GT-3672
1
All-In-One
Card Reader
The card reader that
reads everything.
Supports: SD, Mini
SD, SD Ultra II, SD
Extreme III, MMC,
MMC II, MMC 4.0,
RS-MMC, HS RSMMC, MMC Micro, M2, MS, MS Pro, MS Pro Duo, MS
Extreme Pro, MS Extreme III Pro, MS Ultra II Pro, HS MSMG Pro HS MS-MG Pro Duo, MS ROM, MS Select, XD,
XD(M), XD(H), CF I & II, CF Ultra II, CF Extreme III, CF
Extreme, HS CF & Micro-drive.
• USB 2.0
$
95
• Size: 60(L) x 40(W) x 13(H)mm
24
Cat: XC-4849
USB DVD Maker
Turn your ageing collection of VHS and Betamax video
tapes into new video productions or record live
video straight to your DVD or CD burner.
This new & improved version
works with a Mac, allows you
to publish your videos on
You Tube & many
more features.
• Supports USB 1.1 & 2.0
Plug-and-Play
• Resolution up to 720 x 576 <at>25
fps (PAL) or 720 x 480 <at>30fps (NTSC)
$
• Composite Video input via RCA connector
or S-Video mini-DIN
Cat: XC-4867
• Stereo audio input via RCA connectors
• Audio output via 3.5mm stereo plug
• Dimensions: 35(W) x 95(D) x 15(H)mm
FOUR CHANNEL DVR WITH
FOUR COLOUR CAMERAS
This is an excellent DVR that is ideally suited to smaller surveillance installations around the
home or office. It uses MJPEG video compression and can
store over 150 hours of video on its 250GB
hard drive. Recording setup is simple and
various trigger modes can be set across the
day including timer recording, motion
detection & manual operation.
Supplied with 4 x weatherproof colour night vision cameras,
connecting leads and wireless remote.
Was
• 1 x composite video output
$599
• Frame rate 25fps (Quad mode)
* Note: Monitor not included.
999
• Rechargeable Li-Po battery
• CCTV video monitor
• Video signal generator
• Digital multimeter
• Input voltage:
12VDC
• Charging
time: 6 hours
• Multimeter:
88(W)125(H) x 40(D)mm
$50
SCREEN SHOTS
Combination Lock
Key Safe
Keep control of your
keys. Key Safe allows
you to give or remove
access to anyone you
choose by simply
changing the
combination. Ideal for
storing spare keys, keys
for the kiddies,
tradesman, the boat,
garage, access cards etc.
Set any combination
you like.
$
49 95
Cat: LA-5357
• Weatherproof rubber cover
• Cast from 2mm thick aluminium
• Dimensions: 115(H) x 62(H) x 50(D)mm
Cat: QM-3823
USB RJ45 Extension Adaptor
$
99 95
Cat: XC-4873
COMPUTER LEADS
A range of SATA and eSATA data/power cables for use with
personal computers and external serial ATA devices.
eSATA to SATA
Allows you to connect eSATA devices
to regular SATA ports.
$ 95
Colour: Red
Length 0.9 metre
Cat: PL-0757
9
Male Molex to 2 x SATA
Power Converter
$
Power up to 2 SATA devices from a
4-pin male Molex connector.
Length: 200mm
7 Pin Female to 7 Pin
Female SATA Data Cable
Colour: Red
Length: 1 metre
$
Cat: PL-0759
9 95
$
9
95
Cat: PL-0981
eSATA Female to
Female Cable
$
12 95
Cat: PL-0982
Connect any USB device to your computer from up to
50 metres away via a standard Cat 5
network cable. Now
you can have
your printer,
webcam,
keyboard, mouse
or any other USB
device exactly where you want it without
having to move your computer around.
• PC and Mac compatible
• Uses standard Cat 5 cables
• Supports USB 1.1
• Supplied with transmitter and receiver
$
59
95
Cat: XC-4884
Boasting composite, S-Video, component and
RGB video output with stereo and
digital (SPDIF) audio output, it is
compatible with almost any home
theatre system. With up to 500GB
of hard drive storage (IDE HDD not
supplied), you can keep a large
library of movies and music on the
device to entertain for days. PC
connection is made easy with the
USB 2.0 interface and supplied USB
cable. The unit features a cool blue
LCD and backlit control panel and is
supplied with a slim line remote
control that allows for full playback
functions, zoom and slideshow control.
The included stand allows for vertical mounting.
• Power supply, 1 metre USB
$
lead, 1.5 metre AV lead
and stand all included
5 Port 100/1000
N-Way Gigabit Switch
A high performance switch
that offers a cost-effective
means of increasing network
performance and reducing
congestion. This is achieved by managing the transmission
of data packets on the network and enables simultaneous
connections to be made between several machines without
interfering with data being exchanged on the other
connections. 9 VAC power pack included.
• Standards compliance: IEEE 802.3,
IEEE 802.3u, & IEEE 802.3ab
• Size: 130(W) x 103(D) x 27(H)mm
$
79 95
Cat: YN-8089
USB Optical Mouse
with Number Keypad
MPEG-4 Player AV/SVID/VGA
out with Remote & PSU
9 95
Cat: PL-0980
Female to Right Angle
Female SATA Data Cable
Supports data transfer
rates up to 3Gbps.
Colour: Maroon
Length: 2 metres
Cat: QV-3063
Designed with portability and the professional CCTV engineer in mind, this
is an advanced piece of test equipment with a variety of functions. As well
as performing multimeter functions,
it will test the quality of a video
image signal and display it on the
3.5" LCD.
$
This compact converter box
accepts a range of video input
signals and converts them to
VGA specification for use on
CRT, LCD, etc. Also accepts
YPbPr input for DVD players,
Xbox®, Wii®, or other video
sources up to 1080i. Simple
on-screen set up. No software
required. Includes remote
control. 145mm wide.
Colour: Red
Length: 1 metre
549
Rapport CCTV Field Tester
99
Composite Video
to VGA Converter
$
Notebook computers are great when
you are moving about or space is
at a premium. However, the lack
of a proper numeric keypad and
mouse can be a real nuisance.
This problem is easily fixed with
this new combination USB keypad and
mouse. It simply plugs into the computer's USB port and
gives you a full function numeric
keypad and mouse.
$
95
• Lead length 700mm.
Cat: XM-5138
• Measures: 67(W) x 110(L) x 20(H)mm
29
USB 2.0 Graphics Adaptor
169
Cat: XC-4866
An excellent USB to VGA adaptor that allows you to connect
a second display device & is perfect for viewing large
spreadsheets or running two different applications in full
screen mode, without overlapping windows.
• Requires Windows 2000, XP, or Vista
• Supports resolution up to
1280 x 1024
• Software included
• USB powered $
95
• 80mm long
89
Cat: XC-4874
2
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
STAINLESS STEEL AUTO
OPENING RUBBISH BINS
Command-a-Man
Never have to touch the germy garbage bin
again. When you're within range,
the sensor automatically opens
the lid for you. Perfect to protect
against germs when touching
the lid and for those with a
genuine need, like the disabled.
6.5L Stainless Steel
Auto Rubbish Bin
$
350(H) x 200(Dia)mm
39 95
Cat: GG-2312
30L Intelligent Rubbish
Bin with DC Input
560(H) x 300(Dia.)mm
$
COMMAND-A-MAN / WOMAN
REMOTE CONTROLS
Is your man a fat slob who sits on his bum all day watching
the footy and sinking tinnies? Wait no more ladies! Use
your remote to take control of the slob. All the functions
you need are right at your fingertips - Talk About Shopping,
Shoes, Need Flowers/Chocolate/Massage etc. It also has a
function for putting the toilet seat down, but we're fairly
sure it doesn't work - technology
can only do so much.
Command-a-Woman
• 3 stop functions: Snoring,
Farting, Belching
• No batteries required powered by mind
control
• Three stop functions
- nagging, whingeing, moaning
• No batteries required
- powered by chauvinism
• Requires an IQ of
at least 10 to operate
79 95
Finally someone has decided to put technology to a
worthwhile use. Just point the remote at the subject i.e.,
the missus, and select one of nine functions: Cook, Clean,
Remove Clothes, Say Yes, Leave etc. It also has a Dial-up
Breast Enhancer/reducer and a Hurry Up function for when
you want her to get a move on so you
can get to the footy.
Cat: GG-2314
42L Rubbish Bin with
Intelligent Sensor
755(H) x 305(Dia.)mm
$
$
99 95
3kg Kitchen Scales
These scales are easy to use and will come in
handy around the kitchen. Measuring up to
3kg, they have a resolution of 0.5g and a tare
function so that you can disregard the
weight of the mixing bowl and only
weigh the ingredients. Will
weigh in both metric and
imperial.
• Requires 2 x AA batteries
• Measures: up to 3kg
• Resolution: 0.5g
• Auto power off
• Dimensions: 145(W) x 210(L)mm
$
39
95
Cat: QM-7257
This is sure to help you give up. Each time you put down
your cigarette the ashtray coughs and
splutters to remind you how bad
smoking is for your health.
• Uses 2 x AA batteries not included.
9 95
We Goofed!
WIRELESS
TEMPERATURE / SOIL
MOISTURE MONITOR
Monitor the moisture content in the
soil at up to three locations. One
remote sensor is included and you
can add up to two extra sensors. A
must for the mad-keen gardener or
for small-scale agriculture projects.
$
95
• Requires 4 x AAA batteries
• 433MHz, range of 50m
Cat: QM-7206
• High/low temperature alert
• Min/max temperature reading
• Celsius or Fahrenheit
• Receiver 68(W) x 76(H) x 25(D)mm
• Sensor 66(W) x 195(H) x 25(D)mm
Additional sensors available separately QM-7207 $14.95
Wake up to the delightful sound of a
bird chirping. He rocks back and
forward as he whistles, gently stirring
you from your slumber. Extremely easy
to use with simple to operate alarm
on/off, alarm, time, minute and
hour buttons and a blue
LED display,
Pill Box Reminder with
Alarm & Pulse Meter
If you're on regular medication,
you've probably tried different
ways to remember to take
them. This handy reminder
has five compartments for
different medications, each
with its own alarm and can be
triggered up to five times a day.
$
39 95
Cat: AR-1765
19
$
95
• Built-in pulse meter
• Vibration & beep alarm
Cat: GG-2002
• Snooze • Easy-to-read backlit LCD
• Button can be locked to prevent accidental trigger
• Measures: 80(Dia) x 32(D)mm
Military Helicopter
Alarm Clock
Set the alarm and when the it goes off, the
chopper makes lots of jet engine
noises. It also launches the propeller
into the air and it flies around the
room. Battery or mains powered.
$
19 95
Cat: AR-1766
9 95
Cat: GT-3172
Nightingale Alarm Clock
Cat: GH-1330
• Requires 4 x AA batteries
• Suitable plugpack: MP-3144
• Measures: 335(L) x 70(W) x 80(H)mm
Due late November
$
29
Coughing Lung Ash Tray
$
9 95
Cat: GT-3170
Cat: GG-2317
• Mains operated
• Requires 1 x 9V battery for
back up in the event of a power failure
• Dimensions: 160(L) x 50(W) x 140(H)mm
Remote Control LED Clock with
Temperature Display
Be mesmerised by this amazing clock! The hours and
minutes are displayed on the easy to read
70mm high 7-segment digital display,
and the seconds by an analogue
incremental display - a second mark
lights up as each second passes. It
can be wall or table mounted.
• Remote controlled
• Requires 4 x AAA batteries
$
• Mains adaptor included
• Stand included
Cat: AR-1796
• Measures: 280(Dia) x 30(D)mm
129
Under the course of any year we look at about 2 to 3000
potential new products. Only about 900 to 1000 make it
to the catalogue.
When we saw the AA-0474 valve amp we were very very
excited. We knew that many people wanted a stereo 25watt valve amp but were put off by the normal high prices.
The price of the AA-0474 was absolutely fantastic – too
fantastic as it turned out. And we goofed because we just
did not look hard enough at the product.
This product is NOT a full valve amplifier. It has a valve
preamp section and a solid state power amp section.
Worse, it is made to look like it has a valve power amp
section.
Even though the Chinese manufacturer told us that it was
a full valve amp we should have looked closer. (The unit is
technically called a Hybrid).
If you have purchased one of these units from us or a
stockist and you want your money back, simply return the
unit to any store for a full refund, outer carton or not. If
you have purchased from a Jaycar stockist, send it back
to US for a refund. (Make sure you give us your return
address details).
If you have bought one and are happy with the unit,
please feel free to keep it. (It actually works well!) We will
give you a $30 gift voucher as goodwill gesture if you call
in and show us your original receipt.
We sincerely apologise to anyone who feels that they have
been deceived. We are very upset with our supplier about
this. It is the first time that it has happened in 27 years of
business.
We hope that it will be the last.
Gary Johnston
Managing Director
Stereo Hybrid Amplifier
$30
The output is solid state with a valve preamp stage.
This gives it better power output with lower hum and
distortion. Two sets of stereo inputs plus separate
bass and treble controls.
• Valves: 2 x 6N1,
2 x 6P15
• Power output:
18WRMS per
channel
• Input sensitivity:
300mV
• S/N ratio: 80dB
Was $299
$
• THD: <0.5%
• 270(W) x 290(D)
Cat: AA-0474
x 140()mm
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
269
3
NEW HDMI SWITCHING & ACCESSORIES
5 Input Remote
HDMI Switcher
HDMI 3 Port Switch
This stylish design five input HDMI selector
routes high definition video and audio signals
from the selected
input to the
HDMI
output.
The switcher
also has five digital audio inputs
(optical and coaxial), which are switched in unison with the
HDMI channels. The switcher is fully HDCP compliant and
comes with an infrared remote control. It has a
gain control to compensate for long cable
$
95
runs. Includes mains adaptor.
99
Our WINNING 5 Channel
Full Range Car Amplifier
$
149
This system expander will allow you to
Cat: AC-1684
hook up, convert and switch between a
component video (YPbPr), DVI-Digital, and a HDMI signal
to one HDMI v1.3 output. Audio is also combined with the
video signal, so you can combine stereo audio or optical
digital audio with your YPbPr video source, and DVI-D can
be combined with optical digital audio. Includes an IR
remote control for ease of use, as well
as the mains adaptor.
• Dimensions: 258(W) x 120(D) x 28(H)mm
4 Way Active HDMI Splitter
A splitter allows one HDMI output device to be distributed
to up to four monitors or projectors. Ideal for
conferences, conventions, and presentations or
very large home
theatre
installations.
$
99 95
Cat: AC-1695
HDMI Extender
2 Input HDMI Switcher
$
A simple remote controlled device for
switching between two
High-Definition Multimedia
(HDMI) sources. Comes
with external IR receiver on a
2m cable, enabling you to hide
the switcher out of sight. Powered via the
HDMI cable and fully HDCP compliant.
Split System Car Speaker
$
49 95
Cat: AC-1691
• Dimensions: 80(L) x 55(W) x 17(H)mm
Right Angle HDMI Adaptors
Adapts HDMI plug to socket at right angles.
Perfect for wall mounted TV applications. Gold
plated connections. Two types available:
$
49
95
Cat: AC-1697
AV HDMI Lead
Type A plug to Type C or 'Mini' HDMI socket
cable. For connection to portable HDMI
devices.
• 3 metres length.
• Gold plated internal shield
• 24K gold contacts
• Internal dual strain relief
• Triple shielded
• Nitrogen gas injected dielectric
• RoHS compliant
• HDMI v1.3 compliant
9 95
Cat: PA-3648
$
$
49 95
CAT 5/6 HDMI Extender
One of the disadvantages of HDMI is the limited range of
cabling before extenders are needed. This extender allows
you to transmit over Cat 5 or 6 cable, thereby
significantly reducing
cable costs if you need
to transmit over long
distance. Both unshielded
twisted pair (UTP) and
shielded twisted pair (STP)
cables may be used, however
shielded is recommended.
• Dimensions: (sender & receiver):
44(W) x 43(W) x 26(D)mm
$
Cat: WQ-7412
129
Cat: AC-1699
SPEAKER & PLASMA / LCD TV WALL MOUNTING BRACKETS
Adjustable Wall
Mounting Speaker Bracket
If you're getting a Home Theatre system
this Christmas don't forget the
mounting hardware.
Plasma/LCD TV Wall
Bracket - 45kg
• Horizontally and vertically adjustable
• Speaker depth adjuster
• Holds speakers
$
95
165mm - 300mm deep
•10kg per bracket
Cat: CW-2840
• Sold per pair
34
4
This is the baby model, designed for LCD
TVs from 23-37" in size and weighing up to
45kg. Despite the low price, it's still solidly made
and features a security locking bar. It can be mounted flat or at a fixed tilt
angle of 5°, whilst the TV is only spaced 38mm from the wall.
• VESA standard compliant
• Solid steel construction
• Mounting hardware and instructions included
$
69 95
Cat: CS-2389
Their huge power handling and cone
excursion make these the ideal
subs for people who really want
massive SPL in a compact
package. Nominal imp. 4Ω.
Two models available:
Cat: PA-3646
$
An excellent
2 Way
speaker
featuring a
dome tweeter
that can be
mounted separately for
best performance.
• Nominal impedance 4ohms.
• Frequency response: 65Hz - 20kHz
• Power handling: 85WRMS
• Sensitivity: 90dB 1W<at> 1m
Low-Profile Subwoofer
9 95
Right Angle Up
499
• Power <at> 4ohm 14.4V:
60WRMS x 4ch +
225WRMS x 1 ch
• Power <at> 2ohm 14.4V
90WRMS x 4 ch +
340WRMS x 1 ch
• Power Bridged <at>
4 ohm 14.4V
180WRMS x 2 ch +
340WRMS x 1 ch
Cat: AA-0458
Right Angle Down
This HDMI extender equalises and boosts your
HDMI signal so that you can run
cable up to 50m long.
• Supports up to
1080p resolution
• Compatible with VGA,
SVGA, XGA, SXGA, UXGA
• Automatic equalisation up to 1.6Gbps
• HDMI v1.3 compliant
• Dimensions: 68(L) x 40(W) x 18(H)mm
This award winning amplifier has four full
range channels and a subwoofer
channel plus a host of features
including adjustable gain and variable
high-pass filters.
Cat: AC-1693
• Dimensions: 270(W) x 170(D) x 50(H)mm
• Simultaneous display
• Supports 480p, 720p, 1080i, 1080p
• HDCP compliant
• Dimensions: 205(L) x 95(W) x 28(H)mm
AWARD WINNING CAR AUDIO
$
59 95
Cat: CW-2826
10" 250WRMS Cat. CS-2356 $79.95
12" 350WRMS Cat. CS-2358 $99.95
4 Way AV Component Distribution
Amplifier
Offering the extra flexibility
of component video,
this AV distribution
amp allows you to take
advantage of HDTV on digital pay-TV
and free-to-air. Distributes one set of component
and stereo audio inputs to four outputs.
• Mains adaptor included.
• Supports up to 1080p resolution
• 12VDC 500mA power supply
• Dimensions: 190(W) x 90(H) x 23(D)mm
$
99 95
Cat: AC-1648
Active 12" 150W Subwoofer
Add this high-performance
powered subwoofer to your
existing system and add some real
kick to your home theatre system.
The cabinet is finished in a timber
veneer and houses a 12" driver
and amplifier. The amp is rated at
150 watts RMS, has auto poweron, level adjustment, crossover
frequency adjustment, phase reversal
switch, high and line level inputs as well
as high and line level outputs. Line level
connectors are gold plated RCA while
high levels are via spring loaded clips.
$
• Frequency response: 20 - 150Hz
• Dimensions: 350 (W) x 440 (H) x 420(D)mm
199
Cat: CS-2457
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
AUDIO SWITCHING
Active Component Video
to HDMI Converter
Takes the component video (YPbPr)
and digital audio output from your DVD
player, set-top box or Digital Pay TV box and converts them to HDMI.
• Mains adaptor included.
• Dimensions: 90(L) x 68(W) x 25(H)mm
$
99
99
Active VGA + Audio to
HDMI Converter
$
• Dimensions: 90(L) x 68(W)x 25(H)mm
99
Cat: AC-1609
3 Way Audio Selector
Many audio amplifiers don't
provide enough inputs for all
your components. Takes up
to three stereo RCA inputs
and provides a single stereo
RCA output.
$
Cat: AA-0492
This busker's amp has a USB port as
well as the normal mic/audio inputs,
so you can plug in a memory stick
and play backing or rhythm tracks
in your performance. In addition,
you can connect an MP3 player or
CD player to the line level inputs
via the RCA sockets. It has a builtin rechargeable battery that gives
you 3-5 hours of use or it can be
mains powered.
$
249
Cat: CS-2519
79 95
Cat: HB-6348
Wireless Microphone
UHF Dual Channel
Cat: QC-3680
129
Wireless Microphone Belt Pack
A two-channel system supporting two separate
microphones. Each channel has a separately balanced
XLR output. A single unbalanced (mixed) line output is
also available. The system includes two
$
microphones and batteries, receiver
unit and plugpack.
Cat: AM-4078
199
• Wireless range: 60m
• Frequency response:
40Hz - 18kHz
• 210mm wide
39 95
The ideal accessory for DJs or anyone whose job
demands easy transportation and setup of music
equipment. The interior of this case allows rack
mounting for amplifiers and can be opened at both
ends for simple access to rear cables or panel
settings.
$
95
• Internal 19" rack mounting
• Dimensions: 633(L) x 505(H)mm
Cat: HB-6347
x 270(D)mm
WIRELESS MICROPHONE SYSTEMS
Cat: AC-1655
These allow you to greatly extend your cable range using
conventional Cat 5e cable, enabling you to lengthen the
propagation distance or pipe your A/V
signals over conventional network cable runs.
Three types available for complete flexibility:
Add a lapel clip wireless mic to your setup. The transmitter clips to your belt or
fits into your pocket. Suitable for wireless
receivers AM-4077 and AM-4079.
• Requires 9V battery
• Transmission range: 100 metres max
• Frequency: 16 Channels, 770800MHz
$
• Dimensions: 95(H) x
62(W) x 22(D)mm
Cat: AM-4076
129
44 95
Cat: QC-3682
$
$
19” Rack Mount
Road Case
14 95
CAT 5 AV EXTENDERS
Composite
Video & Stereo
Audio Cat 5
Extender
399
Features:
• Supports ID3 Tag
• 19’’ 2U standard size
• Power source: 6VDC 1.5A
• Output: 2V ±0.5dB
• Frequency response: 17Hz - 16kHz
• Dimensions: 483(W) x 88(H) x 78(D)mm
• Separate volume control on USB channel
• Battery or mains powered
• 3 channel mixer
• Dimensions: 245(W) x 280(H) x 245(D)
• 3 pairs of RCA inputs
• Dimensions: 133(W) x 42(H) x 85(D)mm
$
$
Portable Combo 30W PA Amp with USB
Takes the VGA output + stereo audio
signal from your PC, & converts them to
HDMI format whilst maintaining full HD resolution.
Mains adaptor included.
Component
Video & Digital
Audio Cat 5
Extender
With a total of 18 units
available, you'll be able to
fit all your rack gear and
keep it completely
portable. Ideal for DJs, PA
techs, sound engineers or
guitarists with large rack
setups. The top section can
be rotated through a range
of 45° for maximum
flexibility. Sturdy steel
construction with castors.
• Steel construction
• Hardware included
• Dimensions: 530(W) x
1050(H) x 500(D)mm
*Equipment not included.
Cat: AC-1607
Combine a digital DVI video signal
and a digital audio signal into a
single HDMI lead. Perfect for hooking a
media centre PC up to a home theatre
system. Also provides digital audio
$
output in both coax and optical formats.
Cat: AC-1608
Mains adaptor included.
• Dimensions: 125(L) x 100(W) x 25(H)mm
$
DJ Mobile 19" Rack Frame
The convenience of MP3 with the flexibility of full pitch,
cue and track controls will add seamless flexibility to your
DJ or home studio setup. It accepts two SD cards up to
4GB capacity and gives a huge array of control over every
track on each card. The backlit LCDs indicate
all functions as they happen.
Converter DVI/Digital
Audio to HDMI
Component
Video
NEW PARTY GEAR
Rack Mount Dual MP3 Controller
AUDIO VIDEO SENDERS
2.4GHz AV Sender/Receiver
49 95
Cat: QC-3684
Universal Learning Remote
with A/C Control
Pre-programmed with thousands of
devices, and able to learn and control
up to 8 different devices including the
air conditioning. It can also be programmed with two
macro functions and will retain all your data even if
the batteries go flat.
• Backlit LCD
$
95
• Low battery indicator
• Audible reminder
Cat: AR-1726
• Requires 3 x AAA batteries
• Dimensions: 200(L) x 55(W) x 26(D)mm
34
Send your audio and video all over
the house wirelessly on the
2.4GHz band.
Use your cable TV, CD, DVD
remote to change channels,
volume and settings from the
receiver end of this 2.4GHz
system. Send stereo audio and
video pictures around your home,
shop or office, allowing you to watch
video or listen to hi-fi quality stereo sound
anywhere. Send surveillance camera images
to another part of the building.
All without the need to run cables.
Features a phase-locked loop (PLL) electronic
circuit that constantly adjusts, locking onto any
input signal and avoiding any reception drift.
Dual Channel AV Sender
$
Spare Receiver also available
for AR-1837 $39.95
69 95
Cat: AR-1836
Allows you to connect two AV sources
to the transmitter, share them
around the house, and select
either of them from the other
room, without the hassle of
running wires all over the house.
The sender operates in the
2.4GHz band for audio and
video signals and at 433MHz
for the infrared remote control
repeater function. The sender can
be connected to any two devices
such as your TV, Hi-Fi sound system, video
recorder, DVD player, set top box, or cable
TV system. A selector button on the receiver
allows selection between the two connected
devices.
$
89 95
Cat: AR-1838
Spare Receiver also
available for AR-1839 $49.95
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
5
PIC Based Water
Tank Level Meter Kit
Refer: Silicon Chip Magazine
November 2007
This PIC-based unit uses a
pressure sensor to monitor water
level and will display tank level via an
RGB LED at the press of a button.
The kit can be expanded to include an optional wireless
remote display panel that can monitor up to ten separate tanks
(KC-5461) or you can add a wireless remote controlled mains
power switch (KC-5462) to control remote water pumps.
Kit includes: electronic components, case,
$
95
screen printed PCB and pressure sensor.
99
Cat: KC-5460
Telemetry Base Station for
Water Tank Level Meter
Keycase Mini
Driver Set
$
62 95
Cat: KC-5300
M8 3 Way Plug
M8 4 Way Plug
Cat: TD-2105
IP54 Rated 150mm Digital Caliper
Soluble oil, grease,
dust and swarf are
just some of
the hazards
measurement tools
have to deal with in
a workshop. These calipers are IP54 rated to
withstand all these nasties.
• Resolution: 0.01mm
• Auto power-off
• Metric and imperial conversion
in any position
• Case included
• Battery included
$
59 95
Cat: TD-2084
$
99 95
Cat: PP-4302
M8 3 Way Socket
$
$
25ml Metal Epoxy
$
69 95
Cat: TS-1580
Trade quality DMM, with integrated moulded holster.
Features include analogue bargraph display, backlit LCD,
auto power-off & low battery indication.
• 61 segment analogue display
• Relative mode • Data hold
• Diode test • Audible continuity
• Min/max storage mode • True RMS
• Auto or manual range
• AC & DC voltage: 600V
• AC & DC current: 10A
• Resistance, capitance & temperature
• Holster included
79 95
Cat: QM-1325
3 95
Cat: NA-1506
$
Epoxy Repair Putty 28g
IP67 Rated Cat III Autoranging DMM
$
8 95
Cat: HP-1232
Two-part metal epoxy. Bonds ferrous
and non-ferrous metals including
steel, stainless steel, aluminium,
copper, brass and iron. Convenient
25ml syringe pack for accurate mixing.
Fast setting and cures to a grey colour.
22 50
Designed to remove dangerous
solder fumes from the work area.
Suitable for use in production lines,
service centres, R&D workbenches or the
hobbyist. It incorporates a ball bearing high
volume fan to maximise airflow, which is
directed upwards at the rear of the unit to
aid in safe dispersion of fumes. ESD safe.
$
Keep your cables neat and
tidy. Packet of 16 velcro cable
ties in assorted sizes from
125 to 180mm.
$
21 50
Cat: PS-4301
M8 4 Way Socket
Mixed Velcro Cable
Ties Pk16
Super glue in a
handy 15ml bottle for hobby or industrial
use. Bonds plastics, metals, wood, rubber,
glass, metal and ceramics.
19 95
• Dimensions: 260(H) x 200(W) x 170(D)
An advanced pocket sized DMM that is suitable for
serious work. It features detachable leads,
capacitance and frequency ranges
$5
as well as a CATIII rating and noncontact voltage detection.
• AC & DC voltage: 600V
• AC & DC current: 200mA
• Resistance: 40Mohms
• Capacitance: 100µF
• Frequency: 100kHz
$
95
• Diode test
• Continuity test
Cat: QM-1542
• Dimensions: 120(L)
x 55(W) x 40(D)mm Was $49.95
Cat: KC-5449
Super Glue 15ml
Solder Fume Extractor
$
34 95
GLUE IT UP
18 90
Cat: PS-4303
CAT IV Autoranging Pocket DMM
44
$
Cat: PP-4300
14 95
Refer: Silicon Chip
Magazine July 2007
This clever circuit illuminates a
string of LEDs to indicate the
water level in a rainwater tank.
Kit supplied with screen
printed PCB and all electronic
components.
• Requires 20mm PVC hose/pipe (length required
depending on tank depth)
$
• Requires 12-18V AC or DC plugpack
Cat: KC-5462
Commonly used in process control
instrumentation. All connectors
are field installable.
$
LED Water Level Indicator MKII Kit
Ref Silicon Chip February 2008
Commercial remote control mains switches are
available but these are generally limited to a
range of less than 20m. This UHF system will
operate up to 200m and is perfect for remote
power control systems etc. The switch can be
activated using the included hand held
controller or our KC-5461 water tank level
sensor base station. Kit supplied with case, screen printed
PCB, RF modules and all electronic components.
M8 Circular Connectors
• Slotted: 1.5, 2, 2,5mm
• Phillips: 0, 00, 000
• Torx: T5, T6, T7, T10
• TN8, Hex 2.5mm
• Case size: 95(H) x 60(W)mm
FOR KITS
UHF Remote Controlled Mains Switch
CIRCULAR CONNECTORS
Handy set of mini bits and
driver in a convenient keysized storage case.
6
79
1
JAYCAR - NUMBER
95
Cat: KC-5461
Refer: Silicon Chip
Magazine January 2008
This Base Station is
intended for use with the
telemetry version of the
KC-5460 water tank level
meter. It has an inbuilt 433MHz wireless
receiver and can handle data transmissions from
up to 10 level meters and display the results on a 2-line
32-character LCD module. Includes transmitter upgrade
for one tank level meter. Kit includes PCB and all
electronic components.
Digital Fuel Mixture Display
Refer: Silicon Chip Magazine September 2000
Monitor you car's air: fuel ratio in real time.
This brilliant dashboard-mounting unit monitors and
displays your car’s air-fuel ratio in real time on a threedigit display, as well as a bargraph for readings at a
glance. It indicates air: fuel ratio in real time 11.8 - 20.6
for petrol, and 12.7-21.5 for propane/LPG. It has loads
of great features. Check out our website for full details. Kit
includes: case with silk-screened panel, PCBs, pre-programmed
PIC micro, 7-segment displays, red acrylic, hook-up
wire and all electronic components.
$
5 95
Cat: NA-1516
Repair wood, brick, concrete plastics,
ceramics or composites. You can also
fabricate or mould small parts. Simply cut off
as much as you need, knead together to
mix. It has an open time of about 5 minutes
and cures in about an hour.
$ 95
Storage tube included so it
doesn't dry ut before you use it.
Cat: NA-1520
5
DIGITAL MULITIMETERS
True RMS CAT IV Digital Multimeter
This rugged meter is designed for professional use & will provide
many years of reliable service. It measures up to
1,000 volts AC & DC & is rated to CAT IV 600. It
includes temperature & capacitance ranges, as well
as peak-hold & min/max options. It is water & dustproof (IP67) & features a double moulded case that
will easily withstand a 2m fall. Includes K-type
thermocouple.
• Display: 40,000 count
$
• Basic accuracy: 1%
• AC & DC current: 10A
Cat: QM-1543
• Resistance: 40Mohms
• Capacitance: 40µF • Frequency: 100MHz
• Dimensions: 187H) x 81(W) x 50(D)mm
169
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
FM TRANSMITTERS
Remote Control Car MP3 Player
Hands Free Bluetooth
MP3 Player
Like the other media players
on the range, this one plugs
into the cigarette lighter outlet
in your car so you can play
MP3 or WMA tracks through
the FM tuner in your car
stereo. You can control it
with the front panel, the
remote unit or the steeringwheel mounted IR remote.
You can listen to your favourite MP3
tracks through your car's FM radio
and pair it with your Bluetoothenabled mobile phone - it will
transmit voice call signals so if a call
comes through, the music stops
while you're talking hands-free on the
phone. Tracks can be loaded from a USB
drive or SD/MMC card or connect to a iPod ®,
CD player or other device.
$
• Dimensions: 70(H) x 50(W) x 22(D)mm
89
95
Cat: AR-1862
Wireless MP3 Modulator
For In-Car Use
$10
39
Cat: AR-1865
Watch movies on your in-car TFT
monitor or listen to your favourite
MP3 tracks on your FM radio.
Simply plug into your car cigarette
lighter outlet and connect to your
monitor's A/V input, or transmit the
audio by FM to your stereo.
49 95
Cat: DC-1005
$
79 95
Cat: AR-1867
$
39
95
Cat: DC-1023
$
49 95
Cat: ST-3284
39
Cat: MB-3587
Mains surge protectors are a must for protecting valuable
equipment against damage. Unknown to the majority of
consumers, the voltage coming out of the power
point can and will fluctuate daily, even without
major occurrences like lightning strikes. These
two mains surge protectors alleviate the
majority of problems caused by these
increases in voltage which damage
delicate and expensive appliances
connected to your power outlets.
$5
$
9 95
Cat: MS-4018
$5
60W Regulated Car Power Adaptor
Designed for just about any modern
electronic device, this adaptor will
power MP3 players, games, CD
players, appliances or anything else that
requires 5 - 12VDC at up to 5A. It's also
fuse protected and includes four plug
adaptors to suit most popular devices.
• Fuse protected
• Lead length: 1400mm
$
34 95
Cat: MP-3478
Mini LED Torches
These keyring torches contain a coloured Light Emitting
Diode (LED) to produce a bright light at a touch of a button.
Great for parties and discos.
• Uses 3 x 1.5V silver oxide 392 included
(for replacement batteries use our SB-2502)
• 45(D) x 10(W) x 10(H)mm
• Blue ST-3380
• White ST-3382
• Red ST-3384
Wireless Digital Rain Gauge with Anemometer
39 95
Surge Protectors
Mains Surge &
$
Telephone Line
14 95
Protectors Was $19.95
Cat: MS-4019
This 1.5W LED torch has a
rugged matt
finished to
reflect its
toughness and
$10
robust application. Durable
and water resistant, it contains a 1.5W LED to produce a
super bright output. It also has a specially designed
magnifying lens to produce a more focused beam for
precise illumination.
• 2.5 hour battery life
$
95
• 2 x AA batteries (included)
Cat:
ST-3332
• Comes in nylon pouch and carry strap
• Weighs: 133g
• Size: 173 (L) x 26 (Dia.)mm Was $49.95
Keep track of important weather parameters like wind speed and rainfall.
It also has a calendar and a clock with alarm function. In addition, it
measures indoor and outdoor temperature and humidity.
• Clock, calendar and alarm
$
• Wind speed in km/h or mph
• Max min and rainfall history in mm or inches
• Temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit
• Requires 2 x AA and 2 x AAA batteries
• Display: 180(H) x 104(W) x 24(D)mm
Li-ion/Li-polymer
Main Surge
Protector Was $14.95
1.5 Watt LED Torch
This lightweight hand-held
transceiver is suitable for all
manner of professional and
recreational activities such as hiking,
boating, kayaking, building sites, ITcablers, electricians, inter-car road
trip communication or farming, etc.
Open field transmission range is up
to 5km, with typical city range up to
one kilometre.
Cat: MB-3624
$
With up to 130 lumens from a single
CREE® LED, this head torch is far
brighter than most hand-held
torches. Three modes - high, low
and flashing.
$
119 95
Universal Battery Charger
with Status Display
• Adjustable charging current 400/800mA
• Size: 143(L) x 64(W) x 30(H)mm
• Measures: 70(H) x
50(W) x 22(D)mm
• Battery level
indicator LED
• Secure screwlock closure
• Gasket sealed
• Output: Hi - 130 lumens
Lo - 80 lumens
• Requires 3 x AAA batteries
$
This breakthrough product is cleverly
designed with an adjustable battery tray
to accept almost any standard 1 or 2 cell
rechargeable Li-ion/Li-polymer battery. The unit
has automatic battery
voltage and polarity sensing
as well as bad battery
detection. The charger is
supplied with both
mains and car adaptors.
Weatherproof 130 Lumen
CREE® Head Torch
38 Channel CB
Transceiver
• Green backlit LCD screen
• Range up to 5km
• No licence required
• Uses 4 x AAA
• Dimensions: 105(H) x 60(W) x 35(D)mm
49 95
LED TORCHES
This 2 pack of mini UHF CB
communicators can keep you clearly in
touch up to 3km. They feature
electronic volume control, monitor
functions and an integrated blue
LED torch.
• 38 Channels
• Requires 3 x AAA
batteries per unit
*Sold as a pair
$
• 2.5-3.5mm stereo cable included
• Supports SD/MMC or USB
• Supported audio formats: MP3, WMA
• Measures: 70(H) x 50(W) x 22(D)mm
38 Channel UHF CB Twin Pack
Maintain your battery in top
condition with this intelligent
12V SLA mains
charger. The charger
features LED status
indicators and incorporates a
four stage charging system that automatically
switches to maintenance mode once
the charge is complete. Fully protected.
• Dimensions: 175 (W) x 140(L) x 50(H)mm
Remote Control
Car Media Player
Powered from your car's cigarette
lighter socket, this nifty gizmo
enables you to play MP3 files
from your USB flash drive or SD
card on your car's FM radio. The
LCD displays the track playing and
transmission frequency. It also has a patch lead so you
can connect it to your MP3 player,
CD player or other audio device.
$
95
• Last track & last used frequency memory
• 200 transmission frequencies Was $49.95
Cat: AR-3114
Intelligent 12V 6A Switchmode
SLA Battery Charger
$
3 95
Per each
In-Car Rechargeable 12V LED Torch
99.95
Cat: XC-0338
Keep this portable LED optic light in your car, caravan or
boat. Simply plug the optic light into a 12 volt
cigarette lighter socket to recharge in
a couple of hours. A cool blue led
glows to indicate recharge mode,
it also has built-in fuse protection.
$
95
• Size: 125(L) x 25(Dia)mm
14
Cat: ST-3360
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
7
Rechargeable 35W HID Spotlight
200W 12VDC WIND TURBINE
Always at the forefront of alternative energy technology,
we’re pleased to offer this new range of wind turbine
generators.
As well as the 200W
model shown here we
now have a super-compact
300W version (see page 1),
and a big 500W unit for those
who want to generate some
serious power.
*No
mounting
hardware,
poles or
guide wires
included.
• Rated Power: 200W
• Max Power: 300W
• Output Voltage: 12VDC
Spare Parts
Also Available:
$
• 12VDC Control Box
• Turbine Blades for
Wind Generator - Pack of 3
399
149
Industrial 15 Compartment
Storage Case
12 compartments:
55(L) x 40(W) x 50(D)mm
$ 95
3 compartments:
Cat: HB-6304
80(L) x 50(W) x 50(D)mm
Case size: 335(L) x 205(W) x 60(D)mm
9 95
Rite Light Rectangle
$
19 95
14 95
Cat: ST-3166
As reviewed in Silicon Chip November 08
NEW BROOKVALE STORE
Cat: ST-3167
Cat: HB-6305
Ref Silicon Chip August 2008
This ultra low distortion amplifier module
uses the new ThermalTrak power transistors
and is largely based on the high-performance
Class-A amplifier. This improved circuit has no
need for a quiescent current adjustment or a Vbe
multiplier transistor and has an exceptionally low
distortion figure. Kit supplied with PCB and all electronic
components. Heat sink and power supply not included.
• Output Power: 135WRMS into 8ohms
and 200WRMS into 4ohms
$
• Frequency Response at 1W: 4Hz to 50kHz
• Harmonic Distortion: <.008% from 20Hz to 20kHz
YOUR LOCAL JAYCAR STORE
Australia Freecall Orders: Ph 1800 022 888
6788
4699
2822
9669
3899
4130
7155
3433
4799
6221
3100
3799
8337
3121
1614
Cat: GH-1380
199
14 95
Ultra-Low Distortion 135WRMS
Amplifier Module
15 95
High efficiency self contained
solar lighting system
An excellent kit that
comes with everything
you need to build an
efficient solar lighting
system. Supplied with automatic solar
panel, lamps, battery, connecting cable, fuse and switch.
The perfect camping companion.
$
• 12V 8Ah SLA battery
• 10 Watt solar panel
Cat: MP-4552
• Panel size: 458(L) x 458(W) x 34(D)mm
• 6 LEDs
• Rotating light tube
• Measures: 220(L) x 56(W) x 30(H)mm
$
$
Lighting System
Cat: ST-3165
• 6 LEDs
• 2 adjustable angled light blocks
• Measures: 100 x 100mm
Industrial 19 Compartment
Storage Case
8
$
Rite Light Square
9
6021
9699
9709
9678
9369
9905
4620
4365
9439
9476
9821
4965
4721
8832
9267
• 2 cups, strainer & mounting
bracket included
• Dimensions: 235(H) x
95(Dia)mm
Lights are battery operated
Requires 3 x AAA batteries
• 5 LEDs
• 2 lighting modes
• Measures: 90mm Dia.
99
Plug into your car's cigarette lighter socket
and boil away. Holds up to 550ml and is
suitable for tea, coffee, soup
or any other hot beverage.
Simple one touch operation and super bright LEDs
make this the most versatile and easy to install light
you'll ever purchase. No need for cords or plugs.
These units are made from sturdy ABS with solid
clasps and removable compartment trays so you
can take parts with you to any job.
Two sizes available:
Kit contents:
• 1 watt solar panel, connecting
cables, 0.3 watt fuel cell, hydrogen and
oxygen tanks, gas container, tubing and syringe
• Comprehensive instruction booklet
$
95
• Solar panel size: 155(L) x 125(W)mm
• Recommended for ages 12 yrs+
Cat: KT-2524
Car Kettle
LED LIGHTING
Cat: MG-4520
INDUSTRIAL STORAGE CASES
NEW SOUTH WALES
Albury
Ph (02)
Alexandria
Ph (02)
Bankstown
Ph (02)
Blacktown
Ph (02)
Bondi Junction Ph (02)
Brookvale
Ph (02)
Campbelltown Ph (02)
Erina
Ph (02)
Gore Hill
Ph (02)
Hornsby
Ph (02)
Liverpool
Ph (02)
Newcastle
Ph (02)
Penrith
Ph (02)
Rydalmere
Ph (02)
Sydney City
Ph (02)
Learn all about the finer points of
hydrogen and solar-generated
emission-free energy. The kit
contains everything you need to
get your own solar hydrogen
experiment up and running. Instant
renewable energy - just add
distilled water.
Cat: ST-3369
• 12V, 35W
• Battery: 12V 7Ah rechargeable lead acid battery
• Mains adaptor: 15VDC 500mA
• Dimensions: 300(L) x 210(Dia)mm
Due mid November
Rite Light Round Pucks
4 compartments:
55(L) x 40(W) x 50(D)mm
8 compartments:
80(L) x 50(W) x 50(D)mm
7 compartments:
110(L) x 80(W) x 50(D)mm
Case size: 335(L)
$
x 205(W) x 60(D)mm.
Solar Hydrogen Generation Kit
Has far longer bulb life, uses less energy
and is much brighter. With a
pounding 3300 lumens, this
spotlight is ideally suited to
search and rescue, boating,
professional shooters, security or
other high-power applications. It's
housed in a tough weather-resistant
ABS housing and has a handy shoulder strap for extended
use. The built-in rechargeable battery gives about
50 minutes of continuous use and it recharges
either from the mains plugpack or a
$
car cigarette lighter socket.
Power Supply Kit for Ultra-LD
Mk2 200W Amplifier
Ref Silicon Chip September 2008
The amp module (KC-5470) is powered using
an unregulated rail only. This power supply kit is
specifically designed to provide a balanced +/55VDC supply to power this fantastic amp kit. It
has two LED's, which illuminate when
power is present on the rails
and the assist in slowly
discharging the
filter caps when
power is switched off.
$
• Kit includes PCB and all
electronic components.
89 95
54 95
Cat: KC-5470
Taren Point
Tweed Heads
Wollongong
VICTORIA
Coburg
Frankston
Geelong
Melbourne
Ringwood
Springvale
Sunshine
Thomastown
QUEENSLAND
Aspley
Cairns
Ipswich
Maroochydore
Mermaid Beach
Ph (02) 9531 7033
Ph (07) 5524 6566
Ph (02) 4226 7089
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
(03)
9384
9781
5221
9663
9870
9547
9310
9465
1811
4100
5800
2030
9053
1022
8066
3333
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
Ph
(07)
(07)
(07)
(07)
(07)
3863
4041
3282
5479
5526
0099
6747
5800
3511
6722
Cat: KC-5471
Townsville
Ph (07) 4772 5022
Underwood
Ph (07) 3841 4888
Woolloongabba Ph (07) 3393 0777
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY
Belconnen
Ph (02) 6253 5700
Fyshwick
Ph (02) 6239 1801
TASMANIA
Hobart
Ph (03) 6272 9955
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
Adelaide
Ph (08) 8231 7355
Clovelly Park Ph (08) 8276 6901
Gepps Cross
Ph (08) 8262 3200
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Maddington
Ph (08) 9493 4300
Midland
Ph (08) 9250 8200
Northbridge
Ph (08) 9328 8252
Rockingham
Ph (08) 9592 8000
NORTHERN TERRITORY
Darwin
Ph (08) 8948 4043
208 Harbord Road
Brookvale NSW 2100
Phone: (02) 9905 4130
NEW ZEALAND
Christchurch Ph
Dunedin
Ph
Glenfield
Ph
Hamilton
Ph
Hastings
Ph
Manukau
Ph
Newmarket
Ph
Palmerston Nth Ph
Wellington
Ph
Freecall Orders Ph
(03) 379 1662
(03) 471 7934
(09) 444 4628
(07) 846 0177
(06) 876 0239
(09) 263 6241
(09) 377 6421
(06) 353 8246
(04) 801 9005
0800 452 922
Prices valid to
30th November 2008
Free Call: 1800 022 888 for orders! www.jaycar.com.au
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from
readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates.
Phone mute for
PA sound system
This circuit was developed to
mute the sound from a PA system
in a warehouse, so that when the
phone rings, the workers can hear
it. This was accomplished without
any need for a physical connection
to the phone line. Instead, it makes
use of the fact that a LED lights on
the phone when there is an incoming
call. So whenever the LED flashes,
the sound circuit is muted.
The circuit works as follows: with
no incoming calls, the LED on the
phone is unlit and so the adjacent
light dependent resistor (LDR1) is
in darkness and its resistance is
very high. LDR1 is connected in the
base circuit of transistor Q1 so that
when LDR1 is high in resistance, the
transistor is off.
When the LED of the phone flashes
to indicate an incoming call, its
light falls on LDR1 and causes its
resistance to drop markedly. This
turns on Q1 which then pulls the
gate of SCR1 high to trigger it into
conduction. This energises relay
RLY1 to mute the stereo signal to the
sound system via its DPDT contacts.
Multi-turn trimpot VR1 is used as a
sensitivity control.
The LDR is mounted in a piece of
heatshrink tubing and held in place
over the phone LED with some hotmelt glue. Most phones have a light
of some sort which comes on when it
Converting a linear
pot to a log curve
Quite often you may need a log
pot but you only have a linear type
in your stock. This can be particularly frustrating if the wanted pot
is a dual-ganged type for an audio
application.
However, by connecting a resistor between the low (GND) side of
the pot and its wiper it is possible
siliconchip.com.au
L
VR2a
25k
AUDIO
INPUT
AUDIO
OUT
L
VR3a
25k
MASTER
VOLUME
MUTE
LEVEL
R
VR2b
25k
VR3b
25k
GND
MUTE ON
S1
SCR1
C106D
10k
+12V
DC*
A
POWER
LED1
A
LIGHT
FROM
PHONE
680
R
RLY1
DPDT
MUTE OFF
S2
K
D1
G
4.7k
K
C
A
Q1
BC548
MUTE
LED2
K
E
VR1
50k
20T
K
A
LDR1
B
GND
680
4.7k
* FROM REGULATED
POWER PACK ONLY
C106D
D1: 1N4004
A
K
A
K
rings. Sometimes it’s an LCD screen
which lights up and this circuit is
sensitive enough to work from that
as well.
The system stays muted until the
“mute off” is pressed to break the
circuit and return the SCR to the
non-conducting state. The “mute
on” switch can also be pressed at
any time to mute the system, feedRIGHT
VOLUME
POT
VR1a
100k
LIN
WIPER
15k
GND
LEFT
VOLUME
POT
VR1b
100k
LIN
WIPER
15k
BC548
LEDS
GND
B
E
C
G
A
K
ing a small gate current to the SCR
via a 10kΩ resistor. A high-intensity
red LED (LED2) indicates when it is
actually muted.
Dual-gang potentiometers VR2
and VR3 are used to set the level of
the sound system when it is operating and when muted, respectively.
Ron Russo,
Townsville, Qld. ($50)
to get a reasonable approximation
of the logarithmic curve. In the example shown, we have used 15kΩ
resistors with a 100kΩ dual-gang
potentiometer to form a stereo volume control.
Other values of potentiometer
should have about the same ratio
of resistor value to potentiometer
value. For example, for a 50kΩ pot,
use a 6.8kΩ or 7.5kΩ resistor.
SILICON CHIP.
November 2008 53
Circuit Notebook
– Continued
Circuit
Notebook
– Continued
RFC1
Q3 2N3055
C
+
12V
IN
470
100nF
K
A
D3
K
K
220
9V
E
D6–D9
T1
K
A
C
240V
0V
Q1,Q2: 2N3055
K
A
K
K
9V
B
D5
S1
RFC2
A
C
E
A
K
D2
B
–
100nF
LED1
K
D4
K
HEATERS/
FILAMENTS
Q4
BC547
B
A
A
D1
A
1k
+
B
E
S2
1.5V
ZD1
6.2V
A
A
C
6.3V
1000 F
25V
100nF
–
470
E
+
10 F
400V
A
220k
5W
100nF
630V
100nF
630V
10 F
400V
HT OUT
–
220
K
D11
100 F
Q5 BC557
4.7k
A
220 F
35V
D10
K
D1–D3, D10–D11:
1N4148
A
K
A
12V inverter runs
high-voltage supply
This inverter-based supply was
developed to run valve amplifier
and radio circuits. It would be ideal
for vintage radio enthusiasts. It will
provide an HT (high tension) current
of 20-30mA at several hundred volts.
It also has an adjustable negative
bias supply and a filament (heater)
DC supply of a few amps, switchable
to 1.5V or 6.3V.
Two 2N3055 power transistors, Q1
& Q2, are connected as a multivibrator to drive the 9V windings of a 240V
power transformer. The stepped up
supply is rectified by bridge diodes
D6-D9 and filtered by a 10μF 300V
54 Silicon Chip
10 F
K
A
K
–
ADJUST
BIAS
B
Q6
BC557
D4–D5: 1N4004
D6–D9: 1N4007
ZD1
E
C
A
K
C
B
capacitor. Additional hash filtering
is provided by inductor RFC2 in
conjunction with another 10μF 300V
capacitor and a 100nF capacitor. A
220kΩ 5W resistor across the supply
acts as a “bleed” resistor to improve
regulation.
The negative bias supply is derived from the 9V primary winding
which feeds diodes D10 & D11, in
conjunction with 100μF and 220μF
capacitors, connected as a half-wave
“diode pump”. The resulting negative DC voltage is fed to an adjustable discrete regulator consisting of
transistors Q5 & Q6.
Q6 acts as a rudimentary error
amplifier and the regulator output
is adjusted by trimpot VR1 to give a
NEGATIVE
BIAS
(–1 TO –24V)
10 F
35V
+
470
E
BC547, BC557
LED
K
A
VR1
10k
E
C
B
E
2N3055
B
C
voltage between -1V and -24V.
The filament (heater) supply is
derived from the 12V DC input via
another discrete regulator circuit consisting of transistors Q4 & Q3. These
are connected as a Darlington emitter
follower with Q4’s base voltage set
by diode strings to give a switchable
output voltage of 1.5V or 6.3V. Q3
will require a heatsink.
The entire circuit is powered by
a 12V DC plugpack with a rating of
several amps. The two inductors,
RFC1 & RFC2, were miniature ferrite
toroids with about 20-turn windings
and were salvaged from defunct
power supplies.
Dayle Edwards,
Taylorville, NZ. ($65)
siliconchip.com.au
LED1
IC2a
4093B/4
S3
+9V
BPW40
PHOTO
TRANSISTOR
10k
A
2
+
7
1M
6
10nF
8
2.2k
3
2
B
C
E
5
A
PIEZO
BUZZER
1
Q2
BC547
10k
LAMP
IN
TORCH
3V
BATTERY
7
10nF
PIEZO
BUZZER
2
100k
6
1
S1
500
REED
RELAY
+
4
IC1
7555
D2
1N4004
5,6,8,9
12,13,14
3
47k
7
START
1
E
RLY1
K
Q1
K
D1
K
C
S2
2.2M
22k
A
8
4
3
IC3
7555
2
10 F
10 F
4.7k
C
B
E
5
Q3
BC547
1
0V
BC547
BPW40
D1: 1N4148
A
K
1N4004
A
K
B
C
E
MINI TORCH
(2x AAA SIZE)
SUPPORT
BRACKET
E
C
WIRING
TO LAMP
CLAMP
SCREW
SAMPLE TARGETS
Exerciser for
manual dexterity
This device was designed for use
by disabled children to develop
manual dexterity but it could be a
useful game for all children.
A shallow box measuring about
270 x 270 x 15mm sits on a table.
In the centre of the top is a 7mm
hole. A torch and lens/tube is set on
a rigid bracket about 120mm above
the box, to project a spot of light
through the 7mm hole. Sitting on
the box is one of several “targets”
which are 200mm squares of white
Perspex painted all over except for
a rambling track which runs from
one side to the other.
The child has to manoeuvre the
target from one side to the other so
that the light spot always stays on
the translucent track. If it wanders
off, a beep is heard. A time limit applies and then a buzzer sounds. The
siliconchip.com.au
tracks can be tapered or made wide
or narrow, to make the task more or
less demanding.
To start the game, switch S1 is
pressed and this triggers 7555 timer
IC1 which is a configured as a monostable to give a time limit of 10 or
33 seconds depending on whether
switch S2 is open or closed. Pin 3
of IC1 goes high to turn on transistor Q2 which applies power to IC2
and to relay RLY1 which switches
on the torch.
Below the hole is phototransistor
Q1 upon which the light beam is
focussed. If the light is unobstructed
by the target (ie, passes through
to Q1), both pins 1 & 2 of NAND
Schmitt trigger IC2a are high and its
output at pin 3 is low. Conversely, if
the light is blocked by the target, the
Q1’s resistance suddenly goes high
and pin 2 of IC2a is pulled low by a
47kΩ resistor. This causes pin 3 of
IC2a to go high and piezo buzzer 1
SLIDE TORCH
UP OR DOWN
IN TUBE
TO FOCUS
BRASS
TUBE
LENS FROM
THROW-AWAY
CAMERA
EPOXY
CEMENT
sounds. This will happen each time
the light is blocked by the target.
When the time limit set by IC1
expires, its pin 3 output goes low
to turn off the relay and torch as
well as IC2. In addition, monostable
timer IC3 is triggered to briefly sound
piezo buzzer 2 (pick one with a different tone) to indicate that the game
has ended. A new game is started
when switch S1 is pressed again.
A. J. Lowe,
Bardon, Qld. ($50)
November 2008 55
Circuit Notebook – Continued
Squeeze speed control for Bosch IXO
Cordless Screwdriver
The Bosch IXO Cordless Screwdriver is small, light and ideal for
many household uses. Its obvious
drawback is its lack of control over
speed and its high torque can damage screw heads.
Our challenge was to develop
a speed control which could be
integrated with the unit. Squeezing the on/off trigger switch of the
screwdriver first switches on a LED
at the front of the unit that illuminates the work area over the screw
head to be fastened. Further squeezing of the trigger then switches on
the screwdriver motor. However,
this occurs abruptly and can make
the screwdriver bit jump out of the
screw head.
This control circuit relies on the
few millimetres of trigger movement
between when the LED is on to when
the motor switches on. With the
speed control installed, as soon as
the illumination LED comes on, the
motor starts to move slowly and increases in speed with further squeez-
ing of the speed trigger. Finally, the
power switch is closed to drive the
motor at its fastest speed. The speed
control also reduces the surge current through the on-switch because
of the soft starting of the motor.
In essence, the circuit works by
controlling the on-resistance of
a Mosfet. The screwdriver motor
draws about 1.3A at no load, rising
to about 2A at full load. The Mosfet
we use has an on resistance of 0.16Ω
when the gate is fully on and this
allows the motor to run at close to
full speed. Full speed is available
when the power switch closes. With
partial switching on of the Mosfet,
the resistance is higher and the motor runs slower.
Power for the circuit is a nominal
3.6V from the lithium battery and
this is not sufficient to drive a standard Mosfet. Instead, our circuit uses
use a P-channel Mosfet (Q1) which
is turned on fully by a gate to source
voltage of 3.5V.
Operation is as follows: the cord-
less screwdriver incorporates two
microswitches in the trigger while
another slider switch reverses connection to the motor. With both
microswitches open, transistor Q2 is
off and this allows the gate voltage
of the P-channel Mosfet to be held
at the source voltage via a 100kΩ
resistor. Q1 is therefore off.
The existing LED microswitch
applies 3.6V to the circuit as the
trigger is squeezed. This powers a
LED within a photo-interrupter (via
a 120Ω resistor) and turns on transistor Q2. Q2 connects a 1kΩ resistor
between the gate and ground of Q1.
The LED turns on the transistor
inside the photo-interrupter and so
the gate of Mosfet Q1 is held close
to the source and Q1 is therefore off.
The photo-interrupter is located
beneath the trigger on the cordless
drill and as the trigger is squeezed,
it begins to progressively block the
light applied to the transistor inside
the photo-interrupter. Hence, the
gate of Mosfet Q1 is pulled towards
0V via the 1kΩ resistor and Q2. As
a result, Q1 begins to switch on and
so the motor starts to run.
As more light is blocked in the
photo-interrupter, the motor speeds
up until Mosfet Q1 is fully on. At
Contribute And You Could Win One Of The Instruments
As you can see, we pay good money
for each of the “Circuit Notebook” items
published in SILICON CHIP. But there
are four more reasons to send in your
circuit idea. Depending on the ingenuity
of the circuit, your contribution could
entitle you to choose a prize: either
an LCR40 LCR meter, a DCA55
Semiconductor Component Analyser, an ESR60 Equivalent Series
Resistance Analyser or an SCR100
Thyristor & Triac Analyser, with the
compliments of Peak Electronic Design
Ltd www.peakelec.co.uk
So now you have even more reasons
to send that brilliant circuit in. Send it
to SILICON CHIP and you could be a
winner.
You can either email your idea to
silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au or post it
to PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
Issues Getting Dog-Eared?
Keep your copies safe with these handy binders.
REAL
VALUE
AT
$13.95
PLUS P
&
P
Available Aust, only. Price: $A13.95 plus $7 p&p per order (includes GST). Just fill in
and mail the handy order form in this issue; or fax (02) 9939 2648; or call (02) 9939
3295 and quote your credit card number.
56 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
HOLE TO PROVIDE
CLEARANCE
FOR EXISTING WIRE
3.6V
E
K
G
1k
B
PHOTO TRANSISTOR
SECTION OF PINT1
EXISTING
POWER
SWITCH
10k
100k
C
S
One of the drawbacks of UHF remote switches used for entry gates is
that they can be easily damaged by
the weather or simply stolen. This
circuit relies on the more conventional approach, with a switch at
the gate connected to the doorbell
by underground figure-8 cable.
It employs a stainless-steel vandalproof switch with daylight-viewable
dual colour LEDs (available from
Farnell Electronics). Normally the
circuit is set to turn on blue LED2,
with current flowing from the positive supply via two 82Ω resistors (R3
and R2) and the 6.8Ω base resistor
for transistor Q1. Since the blue LED
G
siliconchip.com.au
PINT1
A
K
E
C
B
E
S
side up, it is a little hard to solder
the photo-interrupter parts but it can
be done if they are raised slightly off
the PC board.
The section of moulding within
the hand trigger that presses against
the microswitch is used to form the
light interrupter. The positioning
and height of the LED and phototransistor must be adjusted so that
they line up correctly. The height
affects the way the speed works,
with a higher positioning having an
earlier speed control effect.
Modifications to the original PC
board in the screwdriver include
replacing two wire links on its
topside with insulated links on the
other side. This is to allow the new
PC board to sit flat onto the original
PC board. In addition, the positive
and negative leads from the battery
are removed and inserted through
C
CUTS
both the new PC board and into the
original PC board to apply power.
Two extra wires are required, one
for the motor reversing switch, and
this can be found on the existing
on-switch terminal. The second wire
goes to the existing LED microswitch
terminal. Connections to these microswitches must be to the switched
side, not the 3.6V side.
The FDD5614P Mosfet is available from www.farnellinone.com.
au (Cat. 9846131). It needs a small
heatsink fashioned from some copper sheet. This can be soldered to
the tab of the Mosfet and bent over
the top of the SMD package.
The add-on PC board is coded
05211081 and will be available from
RCS Radio Pty Ltd. Phone (02) 9738
0330, www.rcsradio.com.au
John Clarke
SILICON CHIP.
9V DC PLUGPACK
+
R1
82
1W
DOORBELL
R3
LED1
A
K
K
A
82
1W
+
–
FIGURE-8
CABLE
R2
C
B
E
TO 0V
BC337
D (TAB)
–
EXISTING
LED SWITCH
120
10k
TO +3.6V
Q1
TO-252 (D-PAK)
* PHOTOINTERRUPTOR PINT1: JAYCAR TYPE ZD1901 (CUT APART)
Vandal-proof bell
button for entry gate
S
D
CUTOUT FOR
EXISTING ON-SWITCH
TO MOTOR
VIA REVERSING
SWITCH
E
Q1
Q2
D
BC337
TO MOTOR VIA
REVERSING
SWITCH
G
K
A
LED SECTION
OF PINT1
Q1
FDD5614P
C Q2
this point, the second (ie, power)
microswitch closes and the motor is
driven directly via the switch.
We have designed a PC board to
fit on top of the existing drill speed
controller board, while a rectangular
cut-out in the PC board fits over the
existing on-switch. This PC board
is used with the copper side up so
that the surface-mount Mosfet can
be soldered in place. The photointerrupter is cut to separate the LED
and phototransistor sections – see
diagram.
Note that the mounting flanges
and the piece that interconnects
the LED and phototransistor in the
photo-interrupter need to be cut off
and filed so that the two pieces can
straddle the microswitch. The two
sections are placed on either side of
the microswitch cut-out.
Note also that with the copper
1k
PINT1*
DRILL
A
EXISTING
LED SWITCH
05211081
E C
100k
120
Q1
BC337
10
82
1W
LED2
S1
LEDS
6.8
B
E
has a forward voltage of around 3.5V,
only about the 40mA flows and this
is not enough to bias on Q1.
When switch S1 is pressed, current momentarily flows through 82Ω
C
K
A
resistor R1 to light green LED1. This
also turns on Q1 which then turns
on the doorbell.
Leigh Bateman,
Brendale, Qld. ($40)
November 2008 57
Wideband Air-Fuel
Mixture Display
By JOHN CLARKE
Monitor your car’s air/fuel ratio as you drive
This Wideband Oxygen Sensor Display can show your car’s airfuel ratio as you drive. It’s designed to monitor a wideband oxygen
sensor and its associated wideband controller but could be used to
monitor a narrowband oxygen sensor instead. Alternatively, it can
be used for monitoring other types of engine sensors.
W
HY WOULD YOU want to
monitor the air/fuel ratio as you
drive? Well, for starters, it will allow
you to save fuel since the display
clearly indicates when the engine is
running rich.
When used in conjunction with a
wideband oxygen sensor and controller, the air/fuel ratios shown on this
unit are more accurate than can be
obtained from the narrowband sensors that are typically used in cars and
which are really only accurate close to
the “stoichiometric” point (ie, the air/
fuel ratio at which there is just enough
oxygen in the air to ensure complete
combustion).
Under normal driving, most engine
management systems operate under
“closed loop” control. This is where
the air/fuel ratio from an oxygen sensor
58 Silicon Chip
is monitored and controlled by the car’s
engine control unit (ECU) to maintain
a predetermined fuel mixture. This is
usually stoichiometric but under light
cruise conditions the mixture can go
lean to improve fuel economy.
Conversely, during acceleration,
the air/fuel mixture in many cars is
allowed to go rich to improve performance and is not under the control of
the ECU. This is called “open loop”
and the richness of the mixture depends on other factors such as the
throttle setting and the injector opening period.
By monitoring the air/fuel mixture display as you drive, you will
quickly learn how to obtain the best
economy. When climbing a hill, for
example when the car would normally
be running rich, you can ease off on
the throttle just enough to return the
ECU to closed-loop control and run at
stoichiometric mixtures to reduce the
amount of fuel used.
In addition, when gear changes are
required, you may find that changing
earlier or later than normal will keep
the engine running leaner for longer.
Similarly, when travelling downhill
without throttle, most cars shut off the
injectors above a certain RPM limit, so
that no fuel is used at all. When this
happens, the display will show a very
lean air/fuel ratio.
Note, however, that the injectors
are usually partially open below
this RPM limit, to ensure a smooth
engine response when the throttle is
opened. This means that when travelling downhill, it may be better to
drop down a gear to ensure complete
siliconchip.com.au
injector shut-off (and thus reduced
fuel usage), rather than stay in a higher
gear with the injectors slightly open.
Diagnosing problems
Once you’ve used this unit for
awhile, you will soon learn what sort
of readings to expect in every-day driving. Any subsequent variations from
“normal” can then be interpreted as indicating a problem. For example, there
could be a fault with the oxygen sensor,
the wideband controller or the engine
management unit. A problem with fuel
delivery is another possibility.
Oxygen sensors do wear out eventually, due to an accumulation of
contaminants on the sensor tip. As a
result, car manufacturers recommend
that they be replaced after a specified number of kilometres (typically
around 100,000km for a heated sensor type). A worn-out oxygen sensor
becomes sluggish in its response and
causes a number of problems including excessive fuel consumption, poor
engine performance, accelerated catalytic converter damage and increased
emissions.
By monitoring your car’s air/fuel
ratio as you drive, you can quickly
discover abnormal operating conditions and have the sensor checked and,
if necessary, replaced.
Engine modifications
This unit will also be invaluable if
you are a car modification enthusiast.
It will soon show whether or not the
mixture is too lean during acceleration
or too rich under cruise conditions
and allow you to make adjustments
accordingly.
This can be particularly handy if
you are swapping the ECU chip for
an aftermarket type or if you are experimenting with the fuel injectors.
It’s all too easy to damage an engine if
the mixture is too lean under certain
circumstances.
Oxygen sensor types
In order to monitor the air/fuel ratio, the vehicle must be fitted with an
oxygen sensor. These are fitted to all
vehicles that have fuel injection and
engine management, although most
cars use what is known as a “narrowband” oxygen sensor.
For a detailed explanation on how
oxygen sensors work and a description
of the two basic types, refer to the article “Narrowband & Wideband Oxygen
siliconchip.com.au
Main Features & Specifications
MAIN FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
3-digit LED display plus 7-segment bargraph.
Linear display with 0-5V wideband range or 0-1V S-curve range.
Alternative display switching (A or B readings for wideband values); petrol
or LPG readings for narrowband S-curve.
0V and 5V endpoint value limit adjustments for both A and B displays.
Decimal point positioning.
Display leading zero suppression.
Bargraph can be operated in dot, bar or centred-bar mode for wideband
range. S-curve set-up allows for dot or centred bar styles.
Display dimming with minimum brightness and dimming threshold
adjustments.
Quieting period used for input measurement to ensure accuracy.
SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply: 6-15V <at> 240mA (full display brightness)
Input Current Loading: less than ±1mA
Digit Update Period: 250ms
Bargraph Update Period: 30ms
Wideband Display Reading Range: 0-999
Narrowband Display Reading Range: 11.8 to 20.6 for unleaded petrol with
the stoichiometric ratio set for 14.7; 12.6 to 21.4 for LPG with stoichiometric
at 15.5. The display shows an “L” for ratios below the lowest value and an “r”
for ratios above the highest value.
Sensors” on page 27 of this issue.
In practice, the oxygen sensor is located in the exhaust system to monitor
the exhaust gas after the fuel has been
burnt in the engine. Basically, the fuel
is mixed with air inside each cylinder
prior to firing. This air/fuel ratio is
varied under the control of the ECU
in order to obtain the desired engine
(and emissions) performance.
Under light engine-load conditions,
the engine is usually run with exactly
the correct proportion of fuel and air
to ensure complete combustion. When
this happens, the air/fuel ratio is said
to be “stoichiometric” and this ratio
is typically 14.7 for unleaded petrol.
Putting it another way, 14.7kg of air is
mixed with each 1kg of the unleaded
fuel to achieve the stoichiometric ratio.
Note, however, that the stoichiometric ratio is different for different fuels
because it depends on the chemical
composition of the fuel and its combustion characteristics. For liquid petroleum gas (LPG), the stoichiometric
+12V
S-CURVE OUTPUT
(SIMULATED
NARROW-BAND
SENSOR SIGNAL)
Rcal
Ip
Vs/Ip
Vs
H–
H+
+12V
WIDEBAND
CONTROLLER
0–5V AIR/FUEL
RATIO SIGNAL INPUT
8.8.8.
WIDEBAND
DISPLAY
WIDEBAND
SENSOR
Fig.1: here’s how the display unit is used with a wideband sensor and its
associated controller. The narrowband S-curve output from the controller is
fed to the engine management computer (see text).
November 2008 59
NARROWBAND
SENSOR
+12V
+12V
+12V
INPUT
NARROWBAND
S-CURVE OUTPUT
HEATER
8.8.8.
WIDEBAND
DISPLAY
SET FOR
S-CURVE
RESISTIVE
SENSOR
Fig.3: here’s how to use the display
unit with a resistive sensor (eg, a
temperature gauge).
Fig.2: the original narrowband sensor fitted to the car can
be used to directly drive the display unit if accuracy isn’t
important. The display must be set to run in S-curve mode.
tion the “lambda” (λ) value and it has
a value of “1” at the stoichiometric
point.
Basically, the Lambda value is simply the actual air/fuel ratio divided by
the stoichiometric ratio. This means
that lean air/fuel ratios have a lambda
greater than 1, while rich air/fuel ratios
have a lambda that’s less than 1.
In practice, air/fuel ratios are a
compromise between driveability,
engine power and the production of
air pollutants. Air pollutants are also
reduced using a catalytic converter.
This converts nitrous oxides to nitrogen and oxygen, carbon monoxide
(CO) to carbon dioxide (CO2) and the
unburnt hydrocarbons into carbon
dioxide and water.
LED1
A
BAR
LED7
NON INVERTED:
INVERTED:
0V
5V
2.5V
2.5V
5V
0V
0V
5V
2.5V
2.5V
5V
0V
LED1
B
CENTRED
BAR LED7
NON INVERTED:
INVERTED:
C
DOT
Oxygen sensor display unit
LED1
As shown in the photos, the SILICHIP Oxygen Sensor Display unit
is housed in a small plastic case. It
features a 3-digit LED display to show
the air/fuel ratio plus a 7-segment bargraph which indicates the signal trend.
Just three leads are used to connect
the unit to you car: one for 12V power,
another for the ground and the third for
the signal. In addition, two more leads
can be wired to switch the unit from
one set of display values to another.
Inside the box are four pushbutton
switches located along the top edge
of the PC board. These are used to
initially set up the way the unit works.
However, they are not normally used
once the various settings have been
made.
Another feature of the unit is automatic display brightness. During
daylight, the displays are driven to
full brightness so that they can be easily seen. By contrast, as the ambient
light dims, the display brightness is
reduced so that they don’t become
CON
LED7
NON INVERTED:
INVERTED:
8.8.8.
0V
5V
2.5V
2.5V
5V
0V
Fig.4: this diagram shows the bargraph display options that are available
when the display unit is operating in wideband mode: (a) bar; (b) centred
bar; and (c) 13-step dot. In each case, the bargraph can also operate in
inverted mode.
value is typically 15.5 (ie, 0.8 greater
than for unleaded petrol).
During acceleration, the engine is
commonly run with a rich mixture,
meaning that more fuel is added to
the air compared to that used in the
stoichiometric ratio. As a result, the
air/fuel ratio becomes lower in value.
This rich mixture provides more
power under load at the expense of
fuel economy.
Unburnt hydrocarbons
When the mixture is rich, there is
insufficient oxygen in the air/fuel mix60 Silicon Chip
ture to provide complete combustion.
As a result, unburnt hydrocarbons are
present in the exhaust gas.
Conversely, when the engine is
running in cruise conditions, the fuel
supplied to the engine can be reduced
to produce a “lean” mixture, so that
there is residual oxygen in the exhaust.
This is done to improve fuel economy
and results in an air/fuel ratio that’s
slightly higher than stoichiometric.
Another way of specifying the
air/fuel ratio is to “normalise” the
stoich
iometric value so the ratio is
referenced to 1. We call this normalisa-
siliconchip.com.au
What Type Of Oxygen Sensor To Use
A wideband oxygen sensor also requires the use of a wideband controller
unit, such as this Tech edge WB02 2J1. It provides a 0-5V output which
is fed to the Oxygen Sensor Display unit, plus a simulated narrowband
S-curve output that’s fed to the engine management computer.
V
IRTUALLY ALL CARS come fitted with narrowband oxygen sensors and
if you want to save money and accuracy isn’t important, you can use
the existing sensor with the SILICON CHIP Oxygen Sensor Display. That said,
it’s best to substitute the Bosch LSM11 narrowband oxygen sensor, since the
display unit is calibrated for this sensor in narrowband mode.
Conversely, if you want high accuracy, you must use a wideband
oxygen sensor such as the Bosch LSU 4.2. This must be teamed with a
wideband controller that gives a 0-5V output. Such controllers include the Tech
Edge WB02 2J1 (http://wbo2.com/home/products.htm) and the Innovate
Motosports LC-1 (http://www.innovatemotorsports.com/products.php).
Alternatively, we intend to publish a wideband controller in a future issue of
SILICON CHIP.
At present, there are only a few vehicles such as Audi and VW that have
factory-fitted wideband sensors, so the chances are that you will have to buy
a wideband sensor and fit it. In most cases, all you have to do is remove the
existing narrowband sensor, substitute the wideband sensor and team it with
a wideband controller. The simulated narrowband S-curve output from the
wideband controller is then connected to the vehicle’s engine management
computer. This replaces the signal from the original narrowband sensor and
allows the engine to operate normally – see Fig.1.
The 0-5V output from the wideband controller unit is connected to the
display unit which then provides accurate air/fuel mixture readings.
distracting, particularly at night.
Fig.1 shows how the unit is used
with a wideband sensor and its associated controller. As can be seen,
the 0-5V output from the controller
provides the air/fuel ratio signal for
the Oxygen Sensor Display. In addition, a wideband controller usually
has a simulated S-curve output and
this can be used to replace the signal
from the original narrowband sensor
for the engine management computer.
siliconchip.com.au
By using the 0-5V signal from the
controller, the display unit can be set
up to show the air/fuel ratio over a set
range. For example, it could be set to
show air/fuel ratios between 7.4 and
22.0. These values are set to match
the 0-5V range from the wideband
controller, with the unit responding
in a linear fashion.
That’s not all it can do though. Basically, this unit can be set to display
what ever values you wish. For ex-
Control Systems
POSITION VACANT
SENIOR ELECTRONICS
DESIGN ENGINEER
Have a proven record in designing
Analogue, Digital & Power
Electronics for 7 years or more?
Willing to manage projects and
supervise Junior Engineers?
This will be a perfect career
opportunity for you in Sydney.
To apply, visit “careers” on
www.dynalite.com.au
or email your resume and cover
letter to hr<at>dynalite.com.au
November 2008 61
REG1 LM2940CT-5
+12V
IN
OUT
220 F
10V
105 C
GND
470nF
+5V
0V
2.2k
14
Vdd
1
AN2
4
MCLR
INPUT
2.2k
3
100nF
16
RA1
15
RA6
18
RA0
17
RA7
AN4
10nF
IC1
PIC16F88-I/P
+5V
RB5
K
A
K
A
K
A
K
A
K
A
6
RB0
8
RB2
7
RB1
10
RB4
13
RB7
22k
2
11
AN3
12
RB6
9
RB3
LDR1
10k
+5V
MODE
S1
6
4
2
1
a
b
c
d
f
C
3
A
a
3
A
a
3
A
a
b
b
g
dp
d
f
b
c
b
g
d
e
d
c
dp
DISP1
LTS542R
5
c
a
8
f
g
fe
fe
c
d
dp
dp
d
g
b
DISP2
LTS542R
c
dp
dp
DISP3
LTS542R
SC
2008
WIDEBAND OXYGEN SENSOR DISPLAY
12
K
A
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
dp
LED4
LED1
LED8
LED6
LED5
LED3
LED2
A
K
LED7
DISP4
10-LED BAR ARRAY
10
LM2940CT
Q4
C
e
g
E
B
Q3
C
a
S4
E
B
Q2
C
e
9 e
f
10 g
5
UP
S3
E
B
Q1
4x 2.2k
7
S2
E
B
8x 100
DOWN
SELECT
ALTERNATIVE
DISPLAY
SWITCH
GND
Q1–Q4: BC327
76
34
5
B
IN
GND
OUT
E
C
Fig.5: the circuit is based on a PIC16F88-I/P microcontroller (IC1). This processes the sensor signal at its AN4 (pin 3)
input and drives three 7-segment LED displays and an 8-LED bargraph in multiplex fashion.
ample, it could be set to show lambda
values from say 0.51 to 1.50 instead.
Alternatively, you can set it up to
display either the air/fuel ratio or the
lambda value at the flick of a switch. In
that case, there are two sets of values
labelled “A” and “B” and you select
between them.
Similarly, for cars that run on both
unleaded petrol and LPG, it’s possible
to switch the unit so that it displays
the correct air/fuel ratio for the selected fuel.
Narrowband sensor
Fig.2 shows how the unit is used
with a narrowband oxygen sensor. In
this case, the display includes a preset response for the standard Bosch
LSM11 narrowband oxygen sensor and
shows the air/fuel ratio for unleaded
petrol from 11.8 to 20.6 (stoichiometric
at 14.7).
For air/fuel ratios below 11.8, the
display shows an “r” for rich while
ratios above 20.6 give an “L” for lean.
Similarly, for LPG, the range is 12.6 to
21.4 (stoichiometric at 15.5), with an
“r” shown for ratios below 12.6 and
an “L” for ratios above 21.4.
62 Silicon Chip
One option here is to have a dot
or a centred bargraph display for the
S-curve narrowband mode. For more
information on this, refer to the panel
titled “Using The Unit With A Narrowband Sensor”.
If the output from the sensor does
not cover the full 0-5V range, then the
values set at the 0V and 5V end points
are obtained by extrapolation. This
involves first drawing a graph similar
to Fig.9 or Fig.10 that shows two points
that correspond to the output from the
sensor and their corresponding values.
The graph is then extended until it
reaches the 0V and 5V points.
The values that are obtained at the
0V and 5V points are the endpoint
values that need to be entered into
the display during the setting up
procedure.
Bargraph display
As indicated previously, the LED
bargraph shows the sensor the voltage
level and is useful for indicating the
voltage trend. Its response to voltage
changes is significantly faster than
that of the digital display which is
deliberately slowed down so that the
values can be easily read.
Fig.4 shows the three bargraph display options that are available in the
wideband operating mode. Note that
although a 10-LED bargraph display
is used, only seven LEDs are used in
these displays.
Fig.4(a) shows the “Bar” display
mode. Here, the number of LEDs lit
increases from one to seven over six
steps in response to a rising sensor
voltage. Alternatively, it can be set up
to increase the number of LEDs lit in
response to a falling sensor voltage (ie,
an inverted display).
The “Centred Bar” mode is displayed in Fig.4(b). In this mode, the
centre bar is always lit (2.5V sensor
output), with the bar then extending
either up or down in response to a
rising or falling sensor voltage. Once
again, an inverted display option is
available.
This option is the most useful when
showing the air/fuel ratio, with the
bars indicating as the mixture moves
into either rich or lean ratios. The
centre bar is the stoichiometric point.
Finally, Fig.1(c) shows the “Dot”
mode option. In this case, there are
siliconchip.com.au
Using It As A General-Purpose Display
B
ecause it’s based
on a microcontroller, this unit can also be used as a
general-purpose display to monitor other sensors (ie, you don’t have to
use it with an oxygen sensor).
Basically, it can display any number ranging from 0-999 in response to any
sensor with a 0-5V output signal. You can set it up so that the display either
increases in value as the sensor output voltage increases or set it so that
the display decreases in response to rising sensor voltages. A decimal point
can also be included and can be positioned after the first or second digit.
If no decimal point is selected, then the display features leading zero blanking.
This means that a value of 007, for example, will be displayed as 7, while a
value of 021 will be displayed as 21. Similarly, if the decimal point is positioned
after the second digit, a value of say 00.2 will be shown as 0.2.
This decimal point selection and zero blanking feature also applies when
displaying air/fuel ratios from a wideband controller.
13 levels, with either one or two LEDs
being lit as the sensor voltage varies.
As with the previous two modes, an
inverted display option is available.
Circuit details
Despite its versatility, the circuit for
the Wideband Oxygen Sensor Display
is really very simple. Fig.5 shows the
details.
As shown, it’s based on a PIC16F88I/P microcontroller (IC1), with most of
the clever stuff hidden inside its firmware program. Apart from that, there
are the three 7-segment LED displays
(DISP1-DISP4), the 10-LED bargraph
display, four driver transistors (Q1Q4), a 3-terminal regulator (REG1) and
a few sundry bits and pieces.
IC1’s monitors the input voltage
from the sensor, processes the data
and drives the LED displays to show
the calculated air/fuel ratio value. Output ports RB0-RB7 drive the display
segment cathodes, while transistors
Q1-Q4 switch the common display anodes, ie, the displays are multiplexed
so that only one display digit is driven
at any given time.
Note that all the segments common
to each display are tied together. For
example, the “a” segment of DISP1
connects to the “a” segments of DISP2
and DISP3. In addition, LED4 within
the LED bargraph (DISP4) also connects to the “a” segments of DISP1DISP3.
These “a” segments are driven via
the RB5 output of IC1 via a 100Ω resistor. As a result, when this output
is low, the “a” segment in one display
will light, depending on which driver
transistor is turned on.
siliconchip.com.au
PNP transistors Q1-Q4 are driven by
ports RA0, RA1, RA6 & RA7 via 2.2kΩ
resistors. For example, transistor Q1
is controlled by RA1 and when this
output is high, Q1 is held off.
Conversely, when RA1 goes low
(0V), Q1’s base is pulled low via its
2.2kΩ resistor and so Q1 turns on. As
a result, any segments within DISP1
that have their cathodes pulled low via
IC1’s RB outputs (and their respective
100Ω resistors) will now light.
Transistors Q2, Q3 and Q4 are driven in a similar manner to Q1 to control
DISP2, DISP3 and the LED bargraph
(DISP4). For example, to light DISP2,
we switch off Q1, set the required segment driver outputs required for the
DISP2 display and then switch on Q2
by taking RA6 low. A similar process
is then used to switch on DISP3 and
DISP4 in turn.
This on-off switching of the displays
is done at such a fast rate (around
2kHz) that the displays all appear to
be continuously lit.
Parts List
1 PC board, code 05311081, 80
x 50mm
1 plastic case measuring 83 x 54
x 31mm
1 rectangular piece of red clear
Perspex 48 x 18mm
4 SPDT micro tactile switches
with a 6mm actuator (S1-S4)
1 LDR with 48kΩ light resistance
1 DIP20 IC socket, 0.3-inch
width
1 DIP18 IC socket
1 DIP16 IC socket
1 DIP14 IC socket
1 M3 x 10mm screw
1M3 nut
5 PC stakes
1 2m length of twin shielded wire
Semiconductors
1 PIC16F88-I/P microcontroller
coded with 0531108A.hex
(IC1)
3 13mm common anode LED
displays (DISP1-DISP3)
1 10-LED DIL bargraph (DISP4)
4 BC327 transistors (Q1-Q4)
1 LM2940CT-5, +5V low dropout
regulator (REG1)
Capacitors
1 220μF 10V electrolytic
1 470nF MKT polyester
1 100nF MKT polyester
1 10nF MKT polyester
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
6 2.2kΩ
1 10kΩ
1 22kΩ
1 5 x 100Ω individual SIL
resistor array
1 3 x 100Ω individual SIL
resistor array
Display dimming
Light dependent resistor LDR1 is
used to sense the ambient light to
control the display dimming. This is
connected in series with a 22kΩ resistor to form a voltage divider across the
+5V rail and its output is fed to IC1’s
AN3 port.
When the ambient light is high, the
LDR has a low resistance and the voltage at the AN3 input is pulled down
close to 0V. Conversely, in low ambient
light, the LDR has a high resistance
and IC1’s AN3 input is pulled close
to the +5V rail via the 22kΩ resistor.
At intermediate light levels, AN3 will
sit somewhere between 0V and +5V.
In operation, IC1 dims the displays
in response to its AN3 voltage. It does
this by limiting the amount of time
that the displays are lit. In bright light,
each display is lit for almost 25% of
the total time but this reduces as the
AN3 voltage rises in response to falling
light levels.
In fact, at very low levels, each display might only be lit for about 2%
of the time.
Pushbutton switches
Switches S1-S4 allow the unit to be
November 2008 63
100nF
3 x 100 SIL ARRAY
2.2k
10nF
DISP1
Q4
Q3
2.2k
DISP2
2.2k
DISP3
ALTERNATIVE
DISPLAY
SWITCH
DISP4
10k
Q2
2.2k
IC1 PIC16F88-I/P
22k
2.2k
LDR1
S4
S3
Q1
18011350
d n a b e di w
S2
S1
220 F
5 x 100 SIL ARRAY
470nF
REG1
2940-5
2.2k
GND
IN
+12V
NOTE: DISP1–DISP4
ALL MOUNTED IN IC
SOCKETS (SEE TEXT)
Fig.6: install the parts on the PC board as shown here.
The alternative display switch is optional (see text).
Take care to ensure that all the parts are installed on
the PC board with the correct orientation. The LED
bargraph is mounted with its bevelled edge at bottom
right (see Fig.6).
Oxygen Sensor Display
DISPLAY CUTOUT
SILICON
CHIP www.siliconchip.com.au
This view shows the PC board before the 7-segment LED
displays and the bargraph are plugged in.
programmed by providing the Mode,
Select, Down & Up functions. These
are connected respectively to the bases
of transistors Q1-Q4, while the other
ends are commoned and connected to
the +5V rail via a 10kΩ resistor. This
commoned end is also connected to
IC1’s AN2 input, which monitors the
switches.
If switches S1-S4 are all open, IC1’s
AN2 input will be held at +5V via the
10kΩ pull-up resistor. However, if a
switch is closed, AN2 is connected to
the base of its corresponding transistor. As a result, the voltage on the AN2
input will drop to about 0.6V below
the +5V rail (ie, to 4.4V) each time
Fig.7: this full-size artwork can be used as a drilling
template for the front panel.
that particular transistor switches on.
In operation, the microcontroller
periodically checks the voltage at its
AN2 input. As a result, it can decide
if a switch has been closed based on
the AN2 voltage and then determine
which switch it is by checking which
transistor is currently switched on.
The optional external Alternative
Display Switch is connected in parallel with switch S4. This switch can
be a dashboard toggle switch so that,
for example, either the air/fuel ratio
or the lambda value can be shown.
Alternatively, it can be a relay contact
that automatically opens or closes depending on the fuel (eg, petrol or LPG).
Note that this switch is not required
if the display only needs to show one
set of values.
Input signal
The signal from the sensor is fed
to the AN4 pin of IC1. IC1 converts
this input voltage into a 10-bit digital
Table 2: Capacitor Codes
Value
470nF
100nF
10nF
μF Code IEC Code EIA Code
0.47μF
470n
474
0.1μF
100n
104
0.01μF 10n
103
Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
No.
6
1
1
8
64 Silicon Chip
Value
2.2kΩ
10kΩ
22kΩ
100Ω
4-Band Code (1%)
red red red brown
brown black orange brown
red red orange brown
brown black brown brown
5-Band Code (1%)
red red black brown brown
brown black black red brown
red red black red brown
brown black black black brown
siliconchip.com.au
100 1/4W RESISTORS MOUNTED END-ON
How The Micro Calculates The Values
5V VALUE
22.0 (EXAMPLE)
PC BOARD
ALTERNATIVE TO USING RESISTOR ARRAYS
Fig.8: separate 100W resistors can
be used instead of the two resistor
arrays. Mount them as shown here.
value which is then processed and the
resulting calculation fed to the display.
A 2.2kΩ current-limiting resistor
and internal clamping diodes inside
IC1 protect the AN4 input should the
input voltage go above the +5V supply
or below the 0V rail. The associated
10nF capacitor filters any voltage
spikes at the input.
A feature of unit is that it switches
off all the displays for a short period
before measuring the input voltage.
This minimises any voltage drops that
could occur due to supply current
in the ground wiring if the displays
were lit and ensures accurate measurements.
Timing for IC1 comes from an internal oscillator running at 4MHz. This
has an accuracy of about 2% which is
close enough for this application, as
the timing is not critical.
Power supply
Power is derived from the vehicle’s
fused ignition supply. This +12V rail
is fed to a low-dropout LM2940CT-5
+5V regulator. These regulators are
designed for automotive applications and are protected against line
transients and reverse supply voltage
(if the supply is reversed, the output
remains at 0V and no damage occurs).
A 470nF capacitor decouples the
supply for the regulator input, while
a 220μF capacitor filters the +5V output. This output capacitor supplies
the transient current required for the
displays and also prevents the regulator from becoming unstable.
In addition, the supply rail to IC1
is decoupled using a 100nF capacitor
at pin 14. The 2.2kΩ resistor between
IC1’s MCLR-bar input (pin 4) and the
+5V rail provides the power-on reset
signal for IC1.
Construction
This unit is easy to assemble, with
all parts installed on a double-sided PC
siliconchip.com.au
WHEN THE 5V VALUE
IS GREATER THAN THE
0V VALUE:
SPAN
x 2.5
((22.0 – 7.4)
) + 7.4 = 14.7
5V
7.4 (EXAMPLE)
0V VALUE
0V
2.5V
5V
Fig.9: this graph shows how IC1 calculates the display values when the 5V
endpoint value is greater than the 0V endpoint value. This example uses
7.4 and 22.0 for the 0V and 5V endpoint values respectively, giving a 2.5V
sensor output value of 14.7 (ie, stoichiometric for unleaded petrol).
0V VALUE
22.0 (EXAMPLE)
WHEN THE 5V VALUE
IS LESS THAN THE
0V VALUE:
(22.0 – 7.4) x (5V–2.5V)
+ 7.4 = 14.7
5V
(
SPAN
7.4 (EXAMPLE)
5V VALUE
0V
)
2.5V
5V
Fig.10: the equation is slightly different when the 0V endpoint value is
greater than the 5V endpoint value. In this example, 22.0 has been used for
the low endpoint value, while 7.4 has been used for the high endpoint value.
To set the values for the display, you only need to set the endpoint values at
0V and at 5V. The internal microcontroller then processes the input signal and
calculates the correct vales for display.
For example, if the 0V endpoint value is 7.4 and the 5V endpoint value is 22.0, a
2.5V input will give a display reading of 14.7 for the air/fuel ratio. This is calculated
by first subtracting the low endpoint value from the high endpoint value to get the
span value (in this case, 22 - 7.4 = 14.6). This span value is then multiplied by
the input voltage, divided by the 5V range and finally added to the low endpoint
value (7.4 in our example). Fig.9 shows this in graphical form.
If the unit is set up so that the 0V endpoint value is higher in value than the 5V
endpoint value, then the calculation is different (see Fig.10). In this case, the 5V
endpoint value is subtracted from the 0V endpoint value to get the span value.
This value is then multiplied by the difference between the input voltage and 5V,
after which the result is divided by 5V and added to the 5V endpoint value. Fig.10
shows the equation for endpoint values of 22 and 7.4.
Note that in both cases, the 5V value assumes that the reference voltage used
in the Oxygen Sensor Display is exactly 5V. However, the reference voltage from
the regulator that’s used could be anywhere from 4.85-5.15V so there is an adjustment to compensate for this.
If the reference voltage is below 5V, then the Oxygen Sensor Display will not
show readings for input voltages that are higher than this reference. Conversely,
if the reference is above 5V, then the unit will show readings for input voltages
only up to the +5V. By compensating for this reference voltage, the correct value
will be shown on the display.
In practice, the regulator used for the reference is trimmed during manufacture
and its output will probably be very close to +5V.
November 2008 65
Changing The Wideband Display Settings
T
HE FOUR PUSHBUTTON switches
inside the case are for Mode (S1),
Select (S2), Down (S3) & Up (S4).
Pressing the Mode switch initiates
the Settings mode. Pressing it again
then returns the display to the normal
Run mode so that it shows the values
in response to the input voltage.
Once in the Settings mode, you can
alter the way the display operates. You
can set how the dimming works, set
the regulator voltage, alter the “A” or
“B” values selection and alter the 0V
& 5V endpoint values for each selection. In addition, you can change the
bargraph display from dot to bar or to
a centred bar.
The bargraph is used to indicate
which setting is selected. In this mode,
the lower LED (LED8) is always lit – see
Fig.11 (note: LED8 is never lit in the
normal run mode).
The remaining LEDs on the bargraph
show which setting has been selected
(see Fig.11). Note that there are 10LEDs on the bargraph but only the
middle eight (designated LEDs1-8) are
used. You cycle through the settings
by pressing the Select switch (S2).
Minimum Display Brightness: when LED7
is lit, the setting is for the minimum
display brightness that occurs when
the LDR is in complete darkness. This
value is initially set at “14”, as shown
on the display.
When adjusting this value, it’s
necessary to cover the LDR so that
it does not receive any ambient light
either from below or above its surface.
A black film canister is ideal for this
and the value is adjusted using the
Up & Down switches to set the desired
minimum brightness.
The absolute minimum brightness is
reached at 0 but typical settings would
range from 10-30.
Dimming Threshold: pressing the Settings
switch again brings up the Dimming
Threshold setting, with LED6 lit. This is
initially set at 200 and determines the
ambient light level below which dimming
begins. Increasing the value means that
dimming begins at a higher ambient
light level, while decreasing the value
sets the dimming to begin at a lower
light level.
Regulator Voltage: the next setting is
for the Regulator Voltage (LED5 lit).
This value is initially set at 5.00V and
is normally adjusted (using the Up &
Down switches) to agree with the actual
regulator output voltage, as measured
between its OUT and GND terminals.
A Or B Display: LED4 indicates the A or B
Display selection. Here, you can select
between the “A” and “B” display values.
If “A” is selected, then the normal Run
mode will show the “A values and the
“B” value can be shown by pressing S4
(Up) or by using the external alternative
display switch.
Alternatively, if the “B” values are
selected, the display will show these
in Run mode and the “A” values will be
shown if S4 is press (or the external
switch is toggled).
Display Format: the Display Format is next
in the sequence (LED3 lit). In this case,
the digital display will show A.AA, AA.A
or AAA for the “A” selection. You can
select the decimal point position using
the Up or Down switches. Similarly, if
the “B” values have been selected, the
display will show b.bb, bb.b or bbb.
0V Display Value: pressing S1 again to
light LED2 selects the 0V Display Value.
This is the value that’s displayed in Run
mode when the input is at 0V and it can
be set to any value from 0-999. Note
that this value will be for the “A” display
if this was previously selected in the “A
Or B Display” option. Alternatively, this
value will be for the “B” display if this
was previously selected in the display
option.
Note that where the “A” and “B”
displays both need to be set, it will be
necessary to temporarily change the
display option from “A” to “B” or from “B”
to “A” and also set the required Display
Format before adjusting the endpoint
value to suit the alternate display.
5V Display Value: this setting is indicated
when LED1 is lit. Again, you can set this
to any value from 0-999 and the same
comments as above apply to setting
values for both “A” & “B” displays.
It’s important to note here that the
0V and 5V values must match the
output from the wideband controller.
This means that if you set the wideband
board with plated-through holes. This
board is coded 05311081 (80 x 50mm)
and is housed in a small plastic case
measuring 83 x 54 x 31mm.
Begin by checking the board for any
defects and by checking the hole sizes
for the major parts. Check also that the
PC board is cut and shaped to size so
that it clips into the integral side slots
in the case.
Fig.6 shows the parts layout. Install
the resistors first, taking care to place
each in its correct position. Table 1
shows the colour code values but you
should also use a digital multimeter to
check each resistor before installing
it. Note that the 100Ω resistors are
in single in-line (SIL) resistor arrays.
However, you can also use standard
0.25W resistors here and these can be
installed by mounting them end-on as
shown in Fig.8.
Next, install the PC stakes. These
are installed from the underside of the
PC board at the three external wiring
positions (the external wiring connects
to the rear of the board).
Transistors Q1-Q4 can go in next and
these must be installed so that their
tops are no higher than 12mm above
the PC board. Follow them with the
four switches (S1-S4). These switches
can only go in with the correct orientation so if the holes don’t line up,
simply rotate them by 90°
REG1 is next on the list. This device
mounts horizontally on the PC board,
with its leads cranked down through
90° so that they pass through their corresponding holes. Secure its tab to the
board using an M3 x 6mm screw and
nut before soldering its leads.
Once it’s in, install the capacitors.
Note that 220μF electrolytic adjacent
to REG1 is installed with its leads bent
through 90°. Its body lies horizontally
across the regulator’s leads as shown
in the photo.
66 Silicon Chip
Mounting the displays
The 7-segment LED displays and the
10-LED bargraph are raised up off the
PC board using IC sockets.
The sockets for the 7-segment dissiliconchip.com.au
LED1
(ALL LIT)
DOT, BAR OR
CENTRED BAR
LED8
LED1
LED8
SETTINGS INDICATOR
(LEDS1–7 INDIVIDUALLY LIT
ACCORDING TO SELECTION)
5V DISPLAY VALUE
0V DISPLAY VALUE
DISPLAY FORMAT
A OR B DISPLAY
REGULATOR VOLTAGE
DIMMING THRESHOLD
MIN DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS
SETTINGS INDICATOR
Fig.11: this diagram shows the
bargraph setting indications for the
default wideband operating mode.
controller to deliver air/fuel ratios over
a range of 7.4 to 22.0, then the display
should also be set to these values.
If you want to have the stoichiometric
value in the middle of the scale (so that
the bargraph display is centred), then the
sum of the 0V endpoint value and the 5V
endpoint value must be twice the stoichiometric value. So if the stoichiometric
air/fuel ratio is 14.7, the 0V endpoint
value and the 5V endpoint value must
add up to 29.4 – eg, you could use 7.4
and 22.0 as the endpoints.
If you intend to display the lambda
value, then the minimum and maximum
values must add up to 2 (eg, 0.52 and
1.48 could be used but other values
could be used instead).
Bargraph Display Option: the final selection brings up the Bargraph Display
Option and in this case all eight LEDs
are lit. Again, the options are selected
plays are made using a 16-pin DIP
socket and a 14-pin DIP socket. These
are cut into strips of two 8-pin and
two 7-pin SIL sockets using a small
hacksaw. One 8-pin and one 7-pin
strip is then installed along the top
edge of the display positions, while
the remaining 8-pin and 7-pin strips
are installed along the bottom edge (ie,
the sockets form two 15-pin strips).
Once these SIL strips are in, install a
20-pin DIP socket for the LED bargraph
and an 18-pin DIP socket for IC1. Be
sure to orientate the socket for IC1
with its notched end towards the top
(ie, towards the 2.2kΩ resistor). Don’t
plug the displays or IC1 in yet, though
Finally, install the LDR (either way
siliconchip.com.au
using the Up & Down switches and are
as follows: (1) dot (shown as doT on the
display); (2) bar (shown as bAr on the
display); and (3) centred bar (shown as
bCn). Note that the “T” in the doT lettering has the lefthand side of its cross
piece located over the “o”.
The default setting for the bargraph
display is to have the LEDs progressing
upwards with increasing sensor output
voltage. Conversely, if you want them to
progress upwards with a falling sensor
voltage, then it’s just a matter of selecting the inverse, as follows.
To invert the “A” curve selection,
press S2 at power up and the display
will show the current selection. Initially,
this will show “A.ni”(A not inverted)
and this indicates that the A bargraph
is not inverted. If S2 is now held
pressed for four seconds, the display
will change to show “A. i” (A inverted)
to indicate that the bargraph operation
is now inverted.
You simply release the switch when
the required selection is displayed.
Holding the switch down will cause the
display to cycle between the inverted
and non-inverted options.
Similarly, to set the “B” bargraph
sense, S3 is pressed when power is
applied. This will initially indicate “b.ni”
(B bargraph not inverted) but can be
changed to “b.i” (B bargraph inverted)
by holding the switch down for four
seconds.
It’s easy to check the current selection
by pressing S2 or S3 at power up. No
changes will occur unless the switch is
held for more than four seconds and the
display changes to the next option.
PRIME
ELECTRONICS
Est. 1987
â
115 Compact DMM
3 YEAR
WARRANTY
CAT III 600V
True RMS
AC/DC Volts 600V
AC/DC Amps 10A
Resistance
Continuity
Frequency
Capacitance
List Price
$245.00
Our Price
$199.00
179/EDA2 Combo Kit
LIMITED
LIFETIME
WARRANTY
CAT III 1000V
CAT IV 600V
around) so that its top surface is 15mm
above the top of the PC board.
Kit Contains
Testing
●
Now for the smoke test but first go
over the board carefully and check for
incorrect component placement and
for missed or shorted solder joints.
Next, with IC1 out of its socket,
apply power to the +12V and GND
terminals and check that 5V is present
between pins 14 & 5 of IC1’s socket. If
this is correct, switch off and install
IC1 and the displays. DISP1, DISP2
and DISP3 mount with the decimal
points to bottom right, while DISP4
(the LED bargraph) mounts with its
chamfered edge at bottom right (note:
Diode Test
Analog Bar Graph
Backlight
Min/Max/Avg
Display Hold
Auto/Manual Range
Holster
●
●
●
●
●
●
Fluke 179 True RMS DMM
TL224 SureGripTM Silcone Test Lead
Set
TL910 Electronic Test Probe Set
AC280 SureGripTM Hook Clip Set
TPAK Magnetic Hanger
80BK Intergrated DMM Temp Probe
C35 Soft Meter Case
List Price
$585.00
Our Price
$499.00
Prices exclude GST
Call for a 2008 Fluke Catalogue
www.prime-electronics.com.au
Brisbane (07) 3252 7466
Sydney (02) 9704 9000
November 2008 67
Using The Unit With Narrowband Sensors
LED1
RICH
LED7
LEAN
Enabling the S-curve response
BAR
A
O 2 SENSOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE (mV)
W
HEN USED WITH narrowband sensors, this unit will display air/fuel ratios
that are calibrated to the S-curve output of a
Bosch LSM11 narrowband oxygen sensor.
Note, however, that this may not be accurate
for other oxygen sensors.
In the case of the LSM11, it shows air/fuel
ratios for unleaded petrol from 11.8 to 20.6,
with the stoichiometric ratio set for 14.7. For
air/fuel ratios below 11.8 the unit will show an
“r” for rich, while for ratios above 20.6 the unit
shows an “L” for lean.
For LPG, the range is from 12.6 to 21.4 with
stoichiometric at 15.5. The unit displays an “r”
(rich) for ratios below 12.6 and an “L” (lean)
for ratios above 21.4.
For narrowband sensors, the bargraph options are as shown in Fig.12; ie, either a centred bar mode or a 13-level dot mode. These
13 different levels are achieved by lighting
either one or two LEDs at a time.
For the bar mode, the centre LED is always
lit and is the only LED that is lit at stoichiometric. The bar then progresses upwards from the
middle LED for richer mixtures or below the
middle LED for leaner mixtures.
BARGRAPH DISPLAY MODE
DOT
1000
A
B
B
C
D
E
800
C
F
G
600
D
H
400
I
200
E
J
0
LAMBDA ()
AIR/FUEL RATIO
(UNLEADED PETROL)
LPG
K
L
M
F
G
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
11.8
12.4
13.2
13.9
14.7
15.5
16.2
17.1
17.6
18.6
19.0
20.2
RICH
A
A
B
C
B
D
LEAN
CENTRED BAR MODE
C
E
D
E
DOT MODE
F
G
H
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
LED1
RICH
LED7
LEAN
Fig.12: two bargraph options are available when the unit is set to
operate in narrowband mode – either centred bar mode or a 13-step dot
mode. The S-curve graph at top indicates which bargraph LEDs light in
response to the various sensor output voltages.
the chamfer is quite subtle). IC1 goes
in with its notched end towards the
top.
When power is now reapplied you
should be greeted with a display on
the 7-segment digits and the bargraph.
If not, check the orientation of IC1. If
that’s correct, check that transistors
Q1-Q4 are BC327 PNP types.
Final assembly
As mentioned above, the PC board
is designed to simply clip into the
specified plastic case. A 48 x 18mm
cut-out is made in the lid of the box
for the displays and this cut-out is
68 Silicon Chip
Enabling the narrowband S-curve response is easy: just press and hold the
Mode switch as power is applied.
The display will then indicate the current display mode setting. This can be either the Linear (wideband) mode, the S-curve unleaded
mode or the S-curve LPG mode. If the switch
is released before four seconds the current
display mode will not be altered. Conversely,
if the switch is held down, the mode will cycle
from one to the other at a nominal 4-second
fitted with a red Perspex filter. In addition, a hole is drilled in the lid for
the LDR, so that it is exposed to the
ambient light.
A hole at the rear of the box allows
the wiring to exit from the case.
The front-panel artwork shown in
Fig.7 can be used as a template for
cutting and drilling the holes. It can
either be scanned or downloaded
from the SILICON CHIP website and
temporarily affixed to the lid using
double-sided tape.
The cut-out for the LED displays can
be made by drilling a series of holes
inside the inside perimeter of the cut-
out and then knocking out the centre
piece. The cut-out is then carefully
filed to a smooth finish.
The hole for the LDR should be
drilled to 5mm, as should the exit hole
in the back of the case. This exit hole
should be positioned near the bottom
edge of the case, so that it will directly
line up with the PC stakes on the back
of the board. Alternatively, you can
drill the hole to 9.5mm and fit it with
a 6mm ID rubber grommet.
Making the connections
We used twin-shielded wire for
the power and input connections but
siliconchip.com.au
rate.You simply release the switch when
the required display mode is shown.
It’s also easy to tell which mode the
unit is in. The display will show “Lin.” for
the linear mode (or wideband mode),
while the two S-curve modes are shown
as S.UL (S-curve unleaded) and S.LP
(S-curve LPG).
Pressing the Mode switch after
power-up has been applied initiates the
Settings mode. As before, this allows
you to alter the way the display operates. You can adjust how the dimming
works, set the regulator voltage, alter the
unleaded or LPG selection and change
the bargraph display from dot mode to
centred bar mode.
As in wideband mode, the bargraph
LEDs are again used to indicate which
setting has been selected. These settings are somewhat different for the narrowband S-curve modes but are altered
in exactly the same manner.
Fig.13 shows the details. As before,
only eight LEDs in the 10-LED bargraph
are used and the lower LED (LED8)
is always lit in the settings mode. The
remaining LEDs on the bargraph show
which setting has been selected and
you can cycle through these settings
by pressing switch S2.
Minimum Display Brightness : when LED7
lit, the setting is for the minimum display
brightness that occurs when the LDR
is in complete darkness. This value is
initially set at “14”, as shown on the
display.
When adjusting this value, it’s necessary to cover the LDR so that it does
not receive any ambient light either
from below or above its surface. A black
film canister is ideal for this and the
value is adjusted using the Up & Down
automotive wire could also be used.
Connect the +12V lead to the fusebox
in the car so that the Oxygen Sensor
display is powered only when the
ignition is on (ie, be sure to connect to
the fused side). The ground connection
should preferably connect to the same
ground as the wideband controller.
For narrowband use, connect the
ground to the same ground as the
sensor. The input lead for the Oxygen
Sensor Display is connected either to
the 0-5V output from the wideband
controller or (if you are saving money)
to a narrowband sensor signal.
Fit a cable tie around the leads on
siliconchip.com.au
LED1
(ALL LIT)
DOT OR
CENTRED BAR
LED8
LED1
LED8
SETTINGS INDICATOR
(LEDS4–7 INDIVIDUALLY LIT
ACCORDING TO SELECTION)
UNLEADED OR LPG DISPLAY
REGULATOR VOLTAGE
DIMMING THRESHOLD
MIN DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS
SETTINGS INDICATOR
Fig.13: the setting indications for
the narrowband mode. This mode is
initiated by pressing and holding the
Mode switch as power is applied.
switches to set the desired minimum
brightness.
The absolute minimum brightness is
reached at 0 but typical settings would
range from 10-30.
Dimming Threshold: pressing the Settings
switch again brings up the Dimming
Threshold setting, with LED6 lit. This is
initially set at 200 and determines the
ambient light level below which dimming
begins. Increasing the value means that
dimming begins at a higher ambient
light level, while decreasing the value
sets the dimming to begin at a lower
light level.
Regulator Voltage: the next setting is
for the Regulator Voltage (LED5 lit).
This value is initially set at 5.00V and
is normally adjusted (using the Up &
Down switches) to agree with the actual
regulator output voltage, as measured
between its OUT and GND terminals.
The regulator voltage adjustment can
the inside of the box, to prevent them
being pulled out of the hole.
Setting up
For use with a wideband controller,
the unit is set up as described in the
panel titled “Changing The Wideband
Display Settings”.
Note that commercial wideband
controllers can have either fixed or
adjustable endpoint values. The adjustable versions have their endpoints
set by connecting them to a computer.
Note also that the endpoint values
programmed into the display unit
must match those of the wideband
also be used to alter the unit’s response
to the oxygen sensor’s output. For example, setting the regulator voltage to a
value that’s higher than the actual regulator voltage results in the unit displaying its full range of air/fuel values over
a reduced voltage range. It effectively
lowers the rich end of the S-curve, so
that rich readings are indicated at lower
oxygen sensor voltages.
Similarly, setting the regulator voltage value lower than the real regulator
voltage increases the voltage range.
This raises the rich end of the S-curve
and rich readings are shown at higher
oxygen sensor voltages.
Basically, this adjustment can be
used to provide a more accurate air/
fuel reading for the particular oxygen
sensor used.
Unleaded Or LPG Display: LED4 indicates
the Unleaded Or LPG Display setting.
This can be toggled using either the Up
or Down switch between S.UL (for unleaded petrol) or S.LP (for LPG). When
normal mode is resumed, the display
will then show the air/fuel ratio values
for the selected fuel.
As before, the unit can be set up
for both unleaded petrol and LPG and
the display reading toggled using an
external switch wired across S4. When
this switch is open, the default air/fuel
readings (as selected in the preceding
paragraph) are displayed.
Bargraph Display Options: finally, S1 is
pressed again to bring up the bargraph
display options (all 8-LEDs are lit).
Again, these are selected using the Up
or Down switch and you can choose
either the centred bar mode (shown as
bCn on the display or the 13-step dot
mode (shown as doT).
controller. This ensures that the unit
is correctly calibrated and gives accurate air/fuel ratio readings.
Switching between the “A” and “B”
display values (eg, between air/fuel
ratio and lambda values or between
unleaded petrol and LPG air/fuel ratios)
can be achieved by wiring an external
switch (or NO relay contacts) in parallel
with switch S4 (see Fig.6).
Note that the connections on the
relay contacts or switch must be solely
for this purpose. If you need to switch
a fuel valve or anything else at the
same time, use a double-pole relay
SC
or switch.
November 2008 69
BOOK REVIEW
Solar Success: Getting It
Right Every Time
Solar Success: Getting It Right
Every Time, by Collyn Rivers.
First edition, published June
2008 by Successful Solar Books,
Broome, Australia. 112 pages, 210
x 296mm, spiral bound. ISBN 0
9578965 6 5. $47.50.
B
ILLED AS THE complete guide to
home and property systems, this
book looks at what you need to do in
order to convert from conventional
grid power to either a fully solar-powered system in a remote location or a
grid-connected solar system. Either
way, there is a large emphasis on improving the efficiency of your existing
electrical appliances and the ways in
which you use electrical energy.
In fact, even if you are not particularly committed to the idea of converting
to solar power, it is well worthwhile
reading this book in order to get a
better approach to energy efficiency.
Author Collyn Rivers is something of
a crusader on this aspect and his insights will be most useful to everyone
who will be confronted by ever-higher
electricity tariffs in the next few years,
particularly those associated with the
introduction of smart power meters.
As Collyn points out, there is little
point in investing a lot of money in a
solar-powered system if your refrigerator or other key appliances are inefficient. You will be better off replacing
these appliances with more efficient
units. In this way, you will spend far
less on the total solar installation and
still be in front on total investment.
Collyn also alludes to a new 10-point
appliance Star Rating system which
will be introduced from early 2009.
I should point out that this book will
not show you how to do an actual solar
installation. In Australia, that can only
be done by licensed electricians and
installers and that is particularly the
case if you wish to claim for a solar re70 Silicon Chip
bate. Instead, the book gives an overall
insight on how to best approach a solar
conversion. The book is split into eight
parts. Of these, perhaps parts 1, 2, 3 &
6 are the most important as they focus
on the key issues.
In part 1, lighting is the first topic
to be discussed. The various types of
lights are covered, together with their
luminous efficacies. Fridges and freezers are touched on briefly but there
is an important section later in the
book which shows how a refrigerator
should be installed for best efficiency.
Airconditioners are also discussed but
unless you are prepared to invest in
a large number of solar panels and a
very expensive battery bank, they are
really not practical.
Space heating also gets a mention
but this is not a proposition with solar
power. It is feasible with grid-connect
systems but then only with heat pumps
or geothermal transfer systems.
Washing machines and dryers are
briefly discussed, with the observation
that front-loaders are generally lesspower hungry than top loaders and
clothes dryers are generally a no-no
for solar installations – better to dry
the clothes in sun!
Other appliances briefly covered
include microwave ovens (very power
hungry but generally only used for
short periods), power tools and TV
sets. Large plasma TV sets are very
power hungry and most solar home
dwellers would probably not consider
them.
One of the most important topics is
that of “phantom loads”. This is normally referred to as “standby power”
and is a feature of most permanently
connected appliances these days, even
when they are nominally “off”.
For any grid-connected home,
standby power is not really a problem
but it can quite easily add up to a lot
of power for the convenience of having something turned on a by a remote
control. However, in a solar-powered
home, such phantom loads can cause
the DC-AC inverter to run continuously rather than when an appliance
is actually being used. This can mean
that battery usage is much higher than
it should be and it can mean that batteries can be substantially discharged
over a period when no 240VAC power
was actually required.
Another way of looking at it is that
you would need to install a larger
battery bank than would otherwise
be required if no “phantom loads”
existed. The only practical approach
is to use appliances which do not have
standby power or turn them off at the
wall when they are not in use.
Part 2 is devoted to solar basics
and it shows how solar panels are
connected in series and parallel combinations, depending on the size of
the installation. It also discusses panel
performance, batteries and charging,
and generators (for when the sun does
not shine).
Part 3 is perhaps the most important
as it talks about the energy audit you
need to do before designing the system.
Finally, Part 6 discusses actual examples such as a small cabin, a mid-sized
cabin and larger systems away from
grid power.
Inevitably, space does not permit
much more detail about the book but
it should be apparent that this is a very
practical text. The book is now available from the SILICON CHIP bookshop.
(L. D. S.)
siliconchip.com.au
How to add a
wireless infrared
port to the DSP
Musicolour – or in
fact virtually any
microcontroller
project.
Musicolour
IrDA Accessory
By
Mauro Grassi
Most PCs and laptops now offer an IrDA interface to enable
communication without any physical connection. Now you can have
the same facility for the DSP Musicolour – or for virtually any other
microcontroller project.
I
n the June, July and August 2008 issues of SILICON CHIP
we described the DSP Musicolour, an advanced light
show based on the dsPIC30F4011 microcontroller from
Microchip.
We mentioned that the firmware supports a high speed
UART (Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter).
The PC board below (which in fact can replace the September infrared remote control PC board) adds an IrDA
(Infrared Data Association) compatible serial port for the
DSP Musicolour.
This gives you all the features the original remote control
offered but adds a huge amount of additional features via
the serial port of your PC.
Although the firmware in the DSP Musicolour supports a
high speed UART running at up to 1.84Mbps, this interface
will run at the much slower baud
rate of 9.6Kbps, which is the
default baud rate of the DSP
Musicolour.
There is little need for it
to be higher as 9.6Kbps
should be fast enough
for most applications
(if you wish to use a
higher baud rate, you
could connect a wired The component
(upper) side of the
serial port).
IrDA is ideal for PC board is the less
interesting side – IC1 and the
adding a serial port to infrared receiver/transmitter are
a mains-rated circuit mounted on the other (copper) side.
siliconchip.com.au
as the UART is completely isolated. Since it is infrared, it
is also very convenient. Operating distance is not great – the
specification says around 1m (without any obstacles) – but
we found it works over greater distances than that.
Although this circuit was designed specifically for the
DSP Musicolour, it could be adapted so as to add an IrDAcompatible serial port to any microcontroller project. We
give you a recommended circuit to do this.
Because it was designed specifically for the DSP Musicolour, it also includes an infrared remote control receiver,
thus effectively superseding the small infrared remote
control PC board published in the September 2008 issue
of SILICON CHIP.
However, that project is still perfectly valid if you just
want to control the DSP Musicolour using a remote control.
Protocol controller
Essentially, the circuit (shown in Fig.1 overleaf) is little
more than a couple of infrared devices and a dedicated IrDA
standard protocol controller IC from Microchip, the
MCP2140A (IC1).
This IC does most of the hard work
of communicating and setting up the connection
with your PC.
We suspect that
internally, this IC is
nothing more than a PIC
microcontroller with a
custom program.
November 2008 71
47
IRD1
TFDU-4300
6
Vcc
A
14
IREDA
IrDA
Tx/Rx
VL
IREDK
TXD
RXD
GND
SD
10k
1
7
12
6
2
3
2
4
18
5
100nF
CTS
PHACT
Tx
TxIR
RxPD
11
10k
IRD2
(ZD-1952)
13
IC1
MCP2140A
RST
RI
Rx
OSC1
DTR
RTS
CD
DSR
NC
1 RxPD
REF
22 F
16V
8
Vdd
OSC2
2x
470
17
10
TO
MAIN
BOARD
A
LED1
LED2
K
K
CON1
5
8
3
7
7
6
4
1
9
2
8
10
9
16
3
X1 3.6864MHz
15
4
Vss
5
22pF
22pF
3
1
470
IRD2
2
IRD1
LEDS
SC
2008
MUSICOLOUR IRDA BOARD
K
A
1
2
3
4
5
1
6
7
8
3
2
Fig.1: the circuit is very simple, consisting of little more than a couple of infrared devices (IRD1 & 2) plus a dedicated
IrDA standard protocol controller (IC1). CON1 connects to CON3 on the back edge of the DSP Musicolour PC board.
In fact, Microchip provide the IrDA protocol stack source
code as a free download on their website.
laptop motherboards and PDAs. In fact, we used a similar
transceiver in a previous design to add an IrDA port to your
desktop PC (SILICON CHIP December 2001).
Don’t use the MCP2140!
The operation of IRD1 is simple enough. Pin 1 (IREDA) is
Note that the MCP2140 was the original IC in this sethe anode of the internal infrared LED while pin 2 (IREDK)
ries but the MCP2140A is operationally different. The
is the cathode. In normal operation, you connect IREDA to
MCP2140A will not work as a replacement for the MCP2140
the supply rail (in this case around +5V) and leave IREDK
and vice versa. That’s because the MCP2140A works with
disconnected. IREDK can be used externally to turn on
a 3.6864MHz crystal, whereas the MCP2140 works with
the LED but in our case, the LED is switched on and off by
a 7.3728MHz crystal. The two ICs require different input
internal logic.
signals into pin 18, too.
Note that a current limiting resistor is not needed to
Speaking of the 3.6864MHz crystal, it connects to the two
IREDA as the internal circuit of IRD1 limits the current
internal oscillator pins of IC1 (OSC1 and OSC2) to provide
through the LED.
the system clock. A pair of 22pF ceramic capacitors provide
Pins 3 and 4 of IRD1 are the transmit and receive lines
the correct loading for the crystal.
respectively, encoded as RZI (Return to Zero Inverted)
signals. The MCP2140A translates the NRZ (Non Return to
Infrared transceiver IRD1: the Vishay
Zero) encoding at its Tx and Rx pins to RZI signals at its
TFDU4300
TxIR and RxPD pins.
To receive and transmit data over an IrDA link, we use
The IrDA is only half duplex because the standard does not
a Vishay TFDU4300 (IRD1). This is an IrDA compatible
specify any optical isolation between the transmitter
transceiver, consisting of a transmitting LED and a
and receiver. When IRD1 is transmitting through
receiving phototransistor. There is also a small
its internal infrared LED, the receiver will also
amount of logic on the transceiver
turn on, because the phototransistor is biased
as well as an amplifier. Such
into conduction by the infrared light from
transceivers are comthe transmitting LED. The MCP2140A
monly found on
drives the transceiver in half-duplex
mode while presenting a full duplex
interface to the host device (in this case,
the dsPIC30F4011).
Pin 5 is the shutdown pin (SD), which
IC1, IRD1, IRD2 is active high. When high, IRD1 goes into
and the two LEDs are power conservation mode, drawing a very
all mounted on the copper small current (typically down to 0.1μA at
side of the PC board. IC1’s and IRD1’s room temperature).
This is useful for battery powered aplead spacings are very fine– a steady hand
and a fine-tipped soldering iron are essential. plications but in our case, where we are
72 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
LK4
1
2
LK3
X1
22pF
LK1
CON1
LK2
9
10
22 F
470
10k
22pF
+
47
10k
100nF
470
CS
10111081
470
LK5
(TOP OF BOARD)
IRD1
1
IC1
IRD2
MCP2140A
1
1
LED2
SC
10111081
LED1
Figs.2a and 2b (left)
show both sides of
the PC board, with
matching photos at
right. Note that the
22µF capacitor needs
to be installed flat,
otherwise there would
not be room for the
PC board inside the
DSP Musicolour case.
These diagrams/pics
are reproduced 1:1.
(UNDERSIDE OF BOARD)
supplying power from the Musicolour supply, we ignore
this connection and tie it permanently to ground.
Pin 6 is the supply voltage to IRD1 and pin 7 (VL) selects
the voltage level for the logic. This makes IRD1 customisable
to different logic families with different threshold voltages.
In our case, we connect it to the +5V supply rail. Finally,
pin 8 is the ground connection for IRD1.
The 22μF electrolytic capacitor is used to bypass the supply rail to IRD1 through the 47Ω resistor. The capacitor and
resistor isolate the transceiver from a possibly noisy supply rail, which can interfere with IRD1’s sensitive internal
receiving circuit.
The two 10kΩ resistors form a voltage divider and are
used to split the supply voltage and set the threshold for
the receiving logic level for IC1.
Any level above the voltage at pin 1 of IC1 (RxPD Ref)
is interpreted as a high level. Conversely, any level below
that is interpreted as a low level. This pin therefore sits at
around 2.5V. A 100nF capacitor is used to bypass this rail.
The DSR (Data Set Ready) output of IC1 will go low (thus
turning on LED1 (green)) when a valid connection has been
established with the host. It is locally emulated by IC1 and
can indicate to a microcontroller that IC1 is ready to receive
and transmit data. Thus LED1 indicates that the MCP2140A
has established a valid connection with your PC.
The PHACT (physical activity) output of IC1 (pin 3) is
open collector and will sink current (thus turning on LED2
(red)) when there is a period of inactivity from the receiver
for around 10 seconds. This pin can be pulled up to the supply rail using a resistor (1kΩ will do) and can then control
pin 5 (SD) of IRD1 through an inverter, if desired.
In this configuration, it puts the transceiver in low power
mode after a 10-second timeout. In our case, we use the
output to control LED2 and to indicate to the user that no
signal has been detected for at least 10 seconds. This can be
useful for troubleshooting.
Pin 7 (Tx) and pin 8 (Rx) are the UART transmit and
receive lines while RI (Ring Indicator), CD (Carrier Detect),
DTR (Data Terminal Ready), RTS (Request to Send) are all
part of the serial port handshaking signals. Normally, IC1
will transmit and receive the state of these lines to the PC,
emulating a full serial port.
In our case, we are really only using the raw 3-wire serial
port so we ignore these handshaking lines. We tie the DTR
line to ground, ignore the CTS output of IC1 and connect
RI to Rx. This is done simply to make the layout of the PC
board more compact. In any case, we only care about the Tx
and Rx lines and these connect to the corresponding lines
on the dsPIC30F4011 through CON1.
siliconchip.com.au
However, the RTS input of IC1 (pin13) is used locally to
indicate that the MCP2140A is ready to receive data. We
therefore tie this line permanently to ground.
Finally, pin 4 (/RST) is an active low reset pin and is
tied directly to pin 1 of CON1 (which connects to CON3 of
the DSP Musicolour main board and is the reset line of the
dsPIC30F4011 microcontroller).
The other infrared module (IRD2) is used for the RC5
remote control decoding and is really a separate circuit on
the same PC board.
Pins 3 and 2 provide the supply for IRD2 and pin 1 is the
decoded remote control data, very similar to the remote
control add-on board we described in the September 2008
issue of SILICON CHIP.
A 470Ω resistor is used between the output of IRD2 and
pin 9 of CON1 because pin 9 connects to the RF6 pin of the
dsPIC30F4011 on the DSP Musicolour main board. Because
this pin can sometimes function as an output, the resistor is
used to limit the current into the data output pin of IRD2.
Construction
This is a simple PC board that should take a matter of
minutes to build. Fig.2 shows the parts layout.
The Musicolour IrDA PC board is coded 10111081
and measures 61mm x 20mm. Inspect the board for any
hairline cracks or unintended shorts before beginning
the assembly.
If you are satisfied that the PC board is good, begin by
installing the six wire links.
Fig.3: oscilloscope screen grab showing the NRZ encoding
for a typical RS232 signal at the PHY.
November 2008 73
The IrdA board is sandwiched between the DSP
Musicolour display board and the red acrylic front panel,
with a piece of non-conductive foam holding it in place.
Here’s what it looks like from above – in this photo you
can mostly see the black foam. The connecting cable
curves around the edge of the display PC board.
Once that is done, install the six resistors. The resistor
colour codes are shown in the colour code table but you
can check them with a DMM too.
After soldering these, you can solder in the capacitors.
Start with the two ceramic capacitors near the crystal,
then install the small monolithic. Finally, install the larger
electrolytic capacitor, which must be oriented correctly, as
shown on the component overlay.
Solder in the crystal so that it sits flush with the PC board.
The top layer components except the IDC header should
now look like that in the PC board top layer photograph.
Now turn the board over to the bottom layer (where the
tracks are). There are two SMD (surface mount devices)
on the bottom layer, namely the MCP2140A (IC1) and the
TFDU4300 (IRD1).
You will need a magnifying lamp (or glass with good
light), a fine-tipped soldering iron and a steady hand. You
should start with IC1 because it is of relatively large pitch.
Place it on its pads, making sure it is oriented correctly.
Once it is in place, solder pin 18 by applying heat and
a little solder. Once that is done, solder pins 8 and 9 (diagonally opposite pin 18).
The IC should then be properly anchored and not able to
move. Proceed to solder the remaining 15 pins. The result
should be as shown in the photograph.
Now comes the hardest part! You need to solder in the
IrDA transceiver, which has a finer pitch. Place it on its
pads and hold it in place while applying heat and a very
small amount of solder to pin 1.
You then solder in pin 8 in the same way, before soldering in the remaining pins. Apply heat and solder each pin
quickly before moving on to the next pin. Do not apply too
much heat as that can damage the plastic case as well as
the integrated circuit itself.
Don’t worry if you get solder bridges between adjacent
pins, as these can be removed by using solder wick. Carefully inspect your soldering, preferably using an illuminated
magnifier or loupe and if you find any bridges, remove them.
Refer to the article on soldering SMD components on page
22 of the March 2008 SILICON CHIP for more details.
Now solder in the infrared receiver module IRD2. You
should aim for around 7mm of lead, which will allow you
to bend the module down 90° once it has been soldered,
so that it sits flush with the PC board (as we have shown
in the close-up photo).
The two LEDs are similarly bent down 90° after soldering. Make sure that they are oriented correctly.
The last thing to do is to solder in the 10-way IDC rightangled header. Again, check for solder bridges once it is
soldered in place.
You can then connect the Musicolour IrDA board to the
DSP Musicolour’s main board using the 10-way ribbon
Fig.4: a screen shot from Windows’ device manager
showing the ircomm2k driver installed and recognised
correctly.
Fig.5: screen shot showing Realterm in action
communicating with the DSP Musicolour.
Soldering the SMD ICs
74 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
From the front, without any labelling on the acrylic sheet
you can easily see the three main components (the two
IRDs and the controller chip)
The opposite end of the ribbon cable connects to the
same socket on the rear of the PC board as used in the
September 2008 article.
cable. CON1 connects to CON3 on the DSP Musicolour
main board, in exactly the same way as described in the
article in the September 2008 issue (pages 72-75).
We explained how to make a 26-way ribbon cable connecting the main board to the display board in the July
2008 issue (page 26 under Ribbon Cable Assembly). The
10-way ribbon cable used to connect the remote control
board is made in the same way.
Your IrDA Board is now complete and ready for mounting in the DSP Musicolour front panel.
It is a free download from www.ircomm2k.de/English/
index.html or via a link on the SILICON CHIP website (www.
siliconchip.com.au).
Follow the installation instructions. Note that your PC
must have an IrDA port installed. This is commonly found
on laptop computers and PDAs (but not all laptops will
have an infrared port).
Most modern desktop motherboards also have supporting
circuitry for it but will probably lack the optical transceiver.
Refer to December 2001 SILICON CHIP if you want to add an
IrDA port to your desktop PC.
Disconnect power!
The first thing to do is disconnect power from the DSP
Musicolour – pull the IEC plug out of its socket to make
absolutely sure. Then, and only then, open the case.
Do not proceed unless you are absolutely sure you know
what you are doing. Don’t be tempted to connect power
while the case is open – it is too dangerous.
Where it sits
The IrDA PC board fits between the red acrylic front
panel and the display PC board. A piece of foam holds it
in place and also insulates it from the components on the
display board.
This is not an ideal mounting solution . . . but it is just
about the only one! Because this board is an add-on, it was
not catered for in the original DSP Musicolour design. But
we think it’s a practical addition and we’ve made the only
mounting decision possible.
Again, we have shown a close-up photo to show how
it goes in. You can then close the case again by screwing
it shut.
Using the IrDA board with the
DSP Musicolour
This add-on board gives the DSP Musicolour a wireless
serial port you can use to communicate with a PC. It also
allows the DSP Musicolour to be operated using an RC5
remote control, in the same manner as explained in the
September 2008 of SILICON CHIP (pages 72-75). You can
define the remote control codes as explained in that article.
Software for Windows:
the IRCOMM2K driver
Before communicating with the IrDA board, you will
need to install a software driver implementing the IrCOMM
protocol on Windows 2000 and XP.
siliconchip.com.au
Using the IrDA serial port
Once you download the zipped ircomm2k driver, extract the files and run setup.exe. The install program will
prompt you for the serial port number to install the virtual
IR port. Choose a port number (say COM5) that will not
interfere with any other (physical) serial ports implemented
on your PC.
You should then disable the “Wireless Image Transfer” in
Windows. Go to Control Panel > Wireless Link and in the
image transfer tab, unclick the box selecting “Use Wireless
Parts List –
Musicolour IrDA Accessory
1 PC board, coded 10111081, 63mm x 21mm
1 3.6864MHz PC board mounting crystal (X1)
1 10-way PC board mounting IDC male connector
1 10-way ribbon cable, approx. 250mm long fitted
with female line sockets
Semiconductors
1 MCP2140A
1 TFDU-4300 infrared transmit/receive module
1 Infrared receiver (eg Jaycar ZD-1952)
1 3mm green LED (LED1)
1 3mm red LED (LED2)
Capacitors
1 22μF 16V electrolytic
1 100nF ceramic
2 22pF ceramic
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
1 47Ω
3 470Ω 2 10kΩ
November 2008 75
Link to transfer images from a digital
camera”. This needs to be disabled because the Windows service interferes
with the ircomm2k driver.
Once that is done, you should reboot
Windows. If the driver is installed
correctly, you should be able to see
it under Control Panel > System >
Device Manager > Ports COM and
LPT > Virtual IR COM Port (COM5),
as shown in Fig.4.
Installing Realterm
The final thing to do is to use a
terminal program to communicate
with the Musicolour IrDA board. You
can use Windows’ hyperterminal if
you wish, available under Start >
Accessories > Communications >
Hyperterminal.
Another good program to use is the
freely available realterm. Download it
from http://realterm.sourceforge.net/
Once that is installed, you can
establish a link with the Musicolour
IrDA board using COM5 (or whatever
number for the virtual IR port you
chose in the installation step above).
You should set the encoding to 8
bits, 1 stop bit, no parity, 9.6Kbps.
As soon as you open Realterm and
start typing characters, the green LED
(LED1) on the IrDA board will light,
indicating that a valid connection has
been established.
Remember that you need to position
your PC or laptop so that its infrared
transceiver is in the line of sight of
IRD1 and within 1m or so.
The characters you type will then
be sent via the infrared link to the
Musicolour IrDA board and onto
the UART on the main board of the
Musicolour (ie, on the dsPIC30F4011
microcontroller). A typical screen shot
is shown in Fig.5.
In the DSP Musicolour menu system, you can go to the CONSOLE >
COM submenu. There the DSP Musicolour will display the received characters from the serial port and echo
back the same character. You should
do this to test that the IrDA board is
working correctly.
As you type your characters in Realterm, you should see them appear
on the dot matrix display of the DSP
Musicolour.
How to upgrade the firmware
of the DSP Musicolour
If there are some aspects of the
DSP Musicolour’s firmware which
76 Silicon Chip
you’d like to change – and you have
the knowlege to do so – it can can be
upgraded using this infrared port.
Using Realterm, you can send a hex
file to the DSP Musicolour to force it
to reconfigure its flash memory using its RTSP server. To do this, go to
the ADVANCED > Write Mode menu
and set it to 6 (thus allowing writing
of the flash memory). Then go to the
ADVANCED > Software Upgrade
submenu. Once you enter that mode,
the dot matrix display will go blank.
The DSP Musicolour will send
a string to your Realterm window
through the infrared link. You can then
use realterm to send a hex file to the
DSP Musicolour which will reprogram
itself and reset.
You should set the line delay to
40ms or higher. You then select the
hex file you want to send and click
send. Realterm will send each line
and wait for the set line delay before
sending another line.
If manually sending hex file lines,
you must send the :00000001FF (end
of file) line to indicate to the DSP
Musicolour that programming is finished. Once the EOF (end of file) line
is received by the RTSP server, the
DSP Musicolour will reboot after 10
seconds and the new firmware version
will be operational.
SC
How to modify the PC board to add an infrared
serial port to a microcontroller project
As we mentioned before, this PC board
was designed to interface with the DSP
Musicolour main board. But it can easily
be modified to add a serial port to your
next microcontroller project.
The modified circuit diagram below
shows a typical application. The levels at
CON1 are only TTL levels, adequate for interfacing directly to most microcontrollers
implementing a UART.
Note that if you wish to interface the
modified board directly to a PC and
need true RS232 voltage levels, you will
need to add a MAX232 or similar IC to
translate the TTL levels at CON1 to true
IRD1
TFDU-4300
22 F
16V
6
Vcc
47
IREDA
VL
IREDK
TXD
RXD
GND
SD
1
4 RST
10k
7
6
2
3
2
4
18
5
100nF
3
SC
10k
13
5
6
7
CON1
DB9F
RS232
(TTL LEVEL)
PHACT 3
IC1
MCP2140A
DSR
CTS
Tx
CD
RI
Rx
DTR
TxIR
RxPD
OSC1
RTS
OSC2
Vss
5
4
IRD1
2008
NC
Vdd
1 RxPD
REF
8
2
+5V DC
INPUT
14
IrDA
Tx/Rx
1
RS232 levels (this is not shown in the
circuit diagram).
The host (ie, the microcontroller) should
only send data to the MCP2140A when CTS
(Clear To Send) is low.
On the other hand, the host should
drive DTR (Data Terminal Ready) low
when it is ready to receive data from the
MCP2140A.
The host can then send and receive
data from the MCP2140A through the Tx
and Rx pins (encoded as NRZ) ultimately
to the connected IrDA-enabled PC or PDA
(confusingly this is also a host, ie, the
IrDA host!).
10
12
7
17
9
8
11
16
6
3
9
X1 3.6864MHz
4
5
8
1
2
7
15
22pF
22pF
8
MODIFIED IRDA CIRCUIT
Use this modified circuit to add a wireless serial port to virtually any
microcontroller project. Unlike the circuit used specifically to interface to the
DSP Musicolour main board, this circuit emulates the full serial port rather
than just the Rx and Tx signals. This can be used for handshaking between
the microcontroller and IC1.
siliconchip.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
Order
Form/Tax Invoice
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd
ABN 49 003 205 490
www.siliconchip.com.au
PRICE GUIDE: SUBSCRIPTIONS
YOUR DETAILS
(Note: all subscription prices include P&P).
(Aust. prices include GST)
Your Name________________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT)
Organisation (if applicable)___________________________________________
Please state month to start.
Australia: 1 yr ...................... $A89.50
1 yr + binder ....................... $A105
NZ (air): 1 yr ....................... $A96
Overseas (air): 1 yr ............. $A135
2 yrs ...................... $A172
2 yrs + 2 binders .... $A203
2 yrs ...................... $A190
2 yrs ...................... $A260
Address__________________________________________________________
PRICE GUIDE: OTHER PRODUCTS
_________________________________________________________________
Postcode_____________ Daytime Phone No. (
)_____________________
Email address (if applicable) ___________________________________________
Method of Payment:
(all prices include GST on Aust. orders)
*SILICON CHIP BACK ISSUES in stock: 10% discount for
10 or more issues or photocopies. Australia: $A9.50 ea
(including p&p). Overseas: $A13 each (including p&p by air).
*ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA: project photocopies. Australia:
$A9.50 each (including p&p). Overseas: $A13 each (including
p&p by air).
*BINDERS: BUY 5 or more and get them postage free.
(Available in Aust. only): $A13.95 each plus $7 p&p per
order.
o Cheque/Money Order o Visa Card o Master Card
Card No.
*ELECTRONICS PROJECTS FOR CARS, VOL.2: Aust.
$A14.95; Overseas $A18.00. (Prices include p&p & GST
where applicable).
Card expiry date:
Signature_____________________________
*PERFORMANCE ELECTRONICS FOR CARS: Aust.
$A22.50; Overseas $A26.00. (Prices include p&p & GST
where applicable).
SUBSCRIBERS QUALIFY FOR 10% DISCOUNT ON ALL SILICON CHIP PRODUCTS*
* except subscriptions/renewals
Qty
Item
Price
Item Description
Subscribe to SILICON CHIP on-line at: www.siliconchip.com.au
Both printed and on-line versions available
Total
TO PLACE
YOUR
ORDER
siliconchip.com.au
P&P if
extra
Total
Price
BUY
MOR 10 OR
ISSU E BACK
ES
A 1 0 & G ET
DISC %
OUN
T
$A
Phone (02) 9939 3295
9am-5pm Mon-Fri
Please have your credit
card details ready
OR
Fax this form to
(02) 9939 2648
with your credit card details
24 hours 7 days a week
OR
Mail this form, with your
cheque/money order, to:
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd,
PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW,
November
Australia
20972008 77
11/08
Robot-Operated Clarinet
from NICTA/UNSW wins
international competition
A
NICTA/UNSW team has won a
significant international technology award, winning first
place in the ARTEMIS Orchestra competition in Athens with a robotically
operated, computer-driven clarinet.
The NICTA/UNSW project, led by
NICTA’s Dr John Judge, developed
the clarinet player over the last eight
months.
NICTA is Australia’s Information
and Communications Technology
78 Silicon Chip
(ICT) Centre of Excellence, an independent company in the business of
research, commercialisation and research training. With over 700 people,
NICTA is the largest organisation in
Australia dedicated to ICT research.
According to Dr Judge, his team
won first place due to the high level
of technical difficulty in the design
of its robot “mouth” and the device’s
unique, completely embedded computer system. The clarinet works
without an attached PC, the human
interface achieved via USB-attached
keyboard, LCD screen and LEDs.
The Australian entry played Rimsky-Korsakov’s Flight of the Bumblebee and Ravel’s Bolero.
The second-placed team from Eindhoven impressed the judges with a
robotically driven guitar.
The ARTEMIS Orchestra competition challenges contestants to build
devices that play real musical instrusiliconchip.com.au
ments, to demonstrate the creative
potential of embedded systems.
Aimed at higher education and
universities, the
competition is organised by the association of European
actors in embedded systems research
and development
The robot’s “mouth” uses two
servomotors that apply force to the
clarinet reed to make a sound. The
smaller servomotor mimics the action
of the human tongue, while the second
applies a damping force to the reed,
copying the action of the human lip.
Force is applied to the clarinet keys by
brass plungers with rubber or Nylon
feet, depending on the key.
The UNSW’s Professor Joe Wolfe,
who contributed music acoustics expertise to the project, said a big challenge (as for real-life clarinettists) was
to avoid squeaks. This was achieved
only a week before the ARTEMIS Orchestra competition, when important
circuit boards were completed.
Fortunately, “when we turned
it on, it already knew how to play
siliconchip.com.au
scales, very
quickly and
accurately,”
said Professor Wolfe.
The project team included UNSW Computer
Science and Engineering student Mr
Mark Sheahan, NICTA Project leader
Dr John Judge and Dr Peter Chubb,
who developed the music interpretation software.
Mechanical design, construction
and CAD components were provided
by UNSW, including Kim Son Dang
and Dr Jay Katupitiya from the School
of School of Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering and Jean Geoffroy
and Paul Santus from the School of
Physics. The university’s Professor
John Smith and Professor Joe Wolfe,
respectively contributed electronic
and music acoustic expertise.
The clarinet will be used by the
UNSW School of Physics’ Acoustics
Lab to better understand the gestures
of human players.
A video clip of the robot performing can be seen at http://nicta.com.
au/research/research_themes/embedded_systems/artemis
SC
Want a real speed
controller kit?
If you need to control
12 or 24 volt DC
motors and
want a
speed
controller
that will easily
handle 30 amps,
then this is the kit for you.
This controller allows you to vary the
speed of DC motors from 0 to 100%. It
is also ideal for controlling loads such
as incandescent/halogen lamps and
heating elements.
This kit makes a great controller for
use on small electric vehicle projects,
such as electrically assisted bikes and
go-carts. We have tested it to over 30
amps without problems—it barely gets
warm! Item code: SPEEDCON.
We also have solar maximiser kits,
Luxeon LEDs, and lots of interesting
products and publications.
Go to shop.ata.org.au or call
us on (03)9639 1500.
November 2008 79
PRODUCT SHOWCASE
AC LEDS – a simpler LED lighting solution
Unlike conventional highbrightness LEDs which
require complex power
supply circuitry to drive
them, the Acriche range
of AC LEDs from Seoul
Semiconductor operate
directly off the AC mains
supply – either 110V or 230V.
All you need is a series current-limiting resistor.
They offer designers a simpler
lighting solution for many industrial,
commercial and consumer lighting
applications.
The Acriche LED die contains all
the electronic circuitry within either
a 2W or 4W conventional high brightness LED package. This eliminates the
need for expensive AC/DC converters
and reduces the design time for lighting projects.
Furthermore, Acriche LEDs repre-
sent a more reliable lighting
option than CFLs. At 30%
light degradation and
with a junction temperature (Tj) below 60°,
the product will last for
40,000 Hours. This makes
them ideal for demanding applications where maintenance
costs must be considered.
Currently the 4W version produces
up to 60 lumens/W output. However,
the next generation, due for release
soon, will deliver up to 80 lumens/W.
They are available in either warm
white or pure white colour temperatures and can be supplied either as an
emitter or with PC board.
80 Silicon Chip
For all
those still
battling
with 128MB
CF (compact flash)
cards Sandisk has just announced the biggest
ever – 32GB – in their Extreme III range.
At 30MB/s, it also sports a 50%
speed increase. Available worldwide
now, the RRP in the US is $US299.
The new card will find a ready
market amongst professional photographers who shoot in “RAW” format,
which demands up to ten times the
storage of typical JPGs
Contact:
Contact:
6 Briggs Court, Carindale, Qld 4152
Tel: (07) 3219 4735 Fax: (07) 3219 4716
Website: www.rmsparts.com.au
601 McCarthy Bvd, Milipitas, California 95035
Tel: (0011 1) 408 801 1000
Website: www.sandisk.com
RMS Parts Pty Ltd
Ideal “Voltaware” – self-checking NCV tester
A few months back when we
featured non-contact mains voltage
checkers (NCV), some readers asked
“ah, but what if the battery is dead or
the checker has failed . . .”
Our reply was that one should
never use such a device unless it was
checked. Well, here’s one that has a
self-testing function so you can be sure
it’s working.
It’s from Ideal and is distributed
in Australia by Trio-Smartcal. The
Ideal 61-025 Cat IV NCV Tester has
an inbuilt green LED which comes
on when the unit is switched on by
twisting the body.
It will indicate the presence of 40
– 1000V AC by changing from a solid
green LED to a flashing red one. At the
same time a beep sounds in sympathy
with the LED flashing rate. This can be
turned off by pressing a switch on the
tip (that beep can become very annoying very quickly) but the red flashing
LED remains.
If the battery (2 x AAA cells) drops
below 2V the green LED turns off,
indicating a battery change is needed.
This tester is a little smaller than
Sandisk CF gets to
32GB!
some of the others we’ve
seen at 152 x 19mm (L
x D) and weighs in at
just 46g.
The case is moulded
with a finger guard at
the business end and
a pocket clip at the
top end
It’s not limited to
50Hz – detection is
from 50 to 500Hz
so there are obviously other NCV
testing roles it
could fulfil.
With a recommended
retail price of
$39.00, this is
an “Ideal” addition to any
toolbox!
Contact:
Trio-Smartcal Pty Ltd
3 Byfield Street, North Ryde NSW 2113
Tel: 1300 134 091 Fax: 1300 134 109
Website: www.fluke.com.au
SanDisk Corporation
ANTRIM
TRANSFORMERS
manufactured in Australia by
Harbuch Electronics Pty Ltd
harbuch<at>optusnet.com.au
Toroidal – Conventional Transformers
Power – Audio – Valve – ‘Specials’
Medical – Isolated – Stepup/down
Encased Power Supplies
Encased Power Supply
www.harbuch.com.au
Harbuch Electronics Pty Ltd
9/40 Leighton Pl, HORNSBY 2077
Ph (02) 9476 5854 Fax (02) 9476 3231
siliconchip.com.au
New capabilities for Fluke 287 and 289 meters
A free software package for the
Fluke 287 and 289 True-RMS Logging Multimeters delivers a variety
of functional key new features. These
include zoom on trend which provides unprecedented ability to view
and analyse data and see detail at X5
magnification; rotary switch memory
when switching positions between
AC or DC A/mA and uA, new and
improved Trend View graph plot.
A new algorithm plots the minimum, maximum and sample point for
each sample interval record and event
record and new adjustable recording
and auto hold thresholds enable users
to specify a percentage change in the
readings that will begin a new event.
The new Firmware V1.1 is the
first such update since the Fluke 287
and 289 were introduced in October
2007.
The Fluke 287 and 289 Digital
Multimeters are designed from the
start to be expandable and field upgradeable.
To download the Firmware V1.1 for
free, owners can visit http://www.
fluke.com/fluke/auen/support/software/dmmupgrade
and follow
instructions
there.
World’s smallest, lightest
full-range in-ear ’phones
Weatherproof outdoor
mains “Powerstake”
Not only
are the Klipsch
Image X5 headphones the world’s
smallest and
lightest
full-range in-ear
headphone, each Image model comes with
five different sizes of Contour Ear Gels
that are designed to fit comfortably inside
the human ear canal: small, medium, and
large single flange designs, as well as
small and large double flange designs.
These soft, oval silicone tips reduce ear fatigue and provide an amazing seal for excellent
noise isolation and increased bass response.
They feature silver-grey bodies, black tails
and 50-inch (1.2M) vinyl cables with stretch
relief built in.
Recommended retail price is $299.
Getting ready to run power to the
Christmas lights? Or maybe you simply need a safe outlet for mains power
outside?
Jackson Industries’ PowerStake
gives three overload-protected outlets,
a master off/on switch and a 5 metre
power cord, all in a weatherproof
(IP34) “stake” designed to push into
garden beds, lawn, etc – or mount
on a wall (with the stake and bracket
included. A flip-down cover protects
the sockets from the elements.
No electrician is needed for installation. The
Powerstake
is now
available at
major retail
stores for
$39.95 rrp
(Cat. No.
PT3735).
Ozitronics
Tel: (03) 8677 1411 Fax: (03) 9011 6220
Email: sales2008<at>ozitronics.com
New voice recorder kits
using ISD1700 series ICs
The sampling frequency can
be set from 4kHz to 12kHz with
external resistor, giving greater
flexibility in duration versus
recording quality. Non-volatile
storage. Standalone or microcontroller (SPI) operating
mode. All inputs & outputs via standard connectors.
Onboard microphone. K188 (40 sec)....$46.20
See docs for details K189 (120 sec).. $49.50
More kits and all documentation available on website:
www.ozitronics.com
Two-channel CDMA
Trainer
Contact:
Fluke Australia Pty Ltd
Unit 26, 7 Anella Ave, Castle Hill, 2154
Tel: (02) 8850 3333 Fax: (02)-8850-3300
Website: www.fluke.com.au
Just
what is CDMA?
How does it work? Its
invasion into everyday life is vast
but many involved intimately with electronics and communications really haven’t any
idea about it.
The ST2117 Trainer, distributed in Australia by Geo Electronics, is a comprehensive
training solution for technology people who
want to explore the basics behind CDMA.
It is a two-channel CDMA (DSSS and
FHSS) trainer that gives necessary understanding of the CDMA multiplexing.
It has data generators and PN Sequence
generators, along with numeric displays
for transmitted and received data for both
DSSS and FHSS.
It includes DSSS and FHSS modulators
and a multiplexer, DSSS and FHSS demodulators, variable data rate chip rate selection
for DSSS and frequency synthesisers for
FHSS.
The Indian-made trainer operates from
standard 230V mains, measures 325 x 255
x 90 (wxdxh) and weighs approx. 1.1kg.
Geo Electronics offer comprehensive
training solutions in Electronics and Communications through their extensive range
of training systems.
SC
Contact:
Contact:
Contact:
14 Centofanti Pl, Thomastown Vic 3078
Tel: (03) 9464 4999 Fax: (03) 9464 7799
Website: www.powermove.com.au
Norwest Busn Park, Baulkham Hills NSW 2153
Tel: (02) 9899 8833 Fax: (02) 9899 8378
Website: www.ji.com.au
Tel: 0401 687 587 Fax (02) 9755 1858
email: geoelectronics<at>engineer.com
Website: www.scientech.bz
Powermove Distribution
siliconchip.com.au
Jackson Industries
Geo Electronics
November 2008 81
Vintage Radio
By RODNEY CHAMPNESS, VK3UG
Those mysterious antenna
coils & loop antennas
Ever wondered about those mysterious
antenna coils used in vintage radio
receivers, or about those old-style loop
antennas? This article unravels some of
the mysteries.
Ferrite rod antennas can be made extremely small, as this
life-size photo clearly illustrates.
B
roadcast-band radio signals are
radiated from tall masts that are
fed from nearby transmitters. One way
to receive these radio signals is to put
up an external wire antenna that’s as
high and as long as possible. One end
of this antenna wire is brought down
to the receiver and attached to the
aerial terminal, while an earth wire is
connected to the earth terminal (valve
radio chassis were often not earthed
back through the mains).
This type of “long-wire” antenna
system largely responds to the electric
component of the radio waves.
Another way to intercept these signals is to use a loop antenna. They vary
widely in size, ranging from antennas
consisting of several turns of wire
which form a coil about one metre in
diameter to very small, ferrite-cored
loopstick antennas. Loop antennas
couple to the magnetic component of
the radio waves.
Both loop and long-wire antennas
have been used since radio began.
Long wire antennas
This small AM/FM receiver uses the PC board shown above and is
intended for use in strong signal areas only. It’s miniature ferrite rod
antenna means that its AM performance is pathetic compared to larger
sets.
82 Silicon Chip
Many vintage radio restorers have
probably been puzzled as to why some
receivers need only a small antenna
to perform well, while others need a
large antenna to give the same result.
The simple answer is that some sets
require large antennas because they are
either low-performance types or because they have faults which seriously
degrade their performance. However,
if we assume that a set is well-designed
and that its sensitivity from the input
of the converter onwards is good,
then the only component that should
further influence performance is the
antenna coil.
By necessity, antennas are somesiliconchip.com.au
thing of a compromise between size
and performance. The best antenna
for a broadcast radio is theoretically
a quarter-wave unit fed against earth.
However, this is hardly practical as
at 531kHz, a quarter-wave antenna
would be 141 metres long.
In fact, our so-called “long wire”
antennas are still short when compared with a quarter-wave antenna
at 1602kHz, as the latter is 47 metres
long. This means that various techniques must be used to increase the
effectiveness of wire antennas that
are much shorter than the optimum
length.
One simple method (as used in my
crystal set in the April 2007 issue) is
to employ an adjustable coil in series
with the antenna. This adjustable coil
resonates the antenna to the frequency
being received and is commonly
called a “base-loaded antenna” system. It worked well in my crystal set
which was able to receive stations up
to 300km away at comfortable headphone volume.
Placing a portable AM radio inside a
tuned loop antenna can dramatically
improve the reception.
Early methods
The very early antenna-to-receiver
coupling methods were designed
to extract the maximum amount of
signal from the antenna system. This
was necessary because there was no
amplification in those early receivers
to boost the signal fed to the detectors which were based on inefficient
coherers and cat’s whiskers. Because
of this, the antennas employed were
huge in many cases.
With the advent of valves, it became
practical to amplify the incoming signal and complex antenna coupling/
matching systems were no longer
needed. In fact, if you look at the
circuits of some very early pre-valve
receivers, you will see that there were
many adjustments that could be made
to achieve best reception. It was also
quite easy to get these wrong and not
receive a signal at all.
By simplifying the antenna-to-valve
matching circuitry, receiver tuning
became a much less arduous undertaking. It was now only necessary to
adjust the tuning and the regeneration controls (pre-superhet receivers),
although correct adjustment of the
regeneration could be tricky. Often,
in those early days, the lady of the
household was not allowed to even
touch such a technologically advanced
piece of equipment!
siliconchip.com.au
The antenna coils in these early
regenerative receivers coupled the
energy from the antenna via a primary
winding into the secondary tuned
winding. This coupling was quite
arbitrary. In addition, another coil
was wound at the opposite end of the
secondary tuned winding and this
functioned as the feedback winding
for the regeneration control.
Simplifying the controls
If you look back at the many circuits
published on simple regenerative receivers, you will see that the coil dia
meters, wire gauges, number of turns
used on each winding and their spacing, etc, varied so widely that no real
design concept could be discerned.
There was often little science involved
in the process but quite large external
antennas were still being used at that
time so it didn’t really matter that the
antenna system was not well-matched
to the receiver’s input.
Things gradually changed as radio/
wireless progressed out of the experimenter’s realm. Experimenter’s had
prided themselves on getting good
reception from their receivers and
had relied on large antenna systems,
substantial earths and their ability to
fiddle with the adjustments on their
receivers to extract maximum performance.
By the early 1930s, a new group of
radio users had appeared who wanted
to just turn the set on and enjoy the
program. They were not interested in
large antennas or fiddly receiver adjustments and most lacked the ability
to even make these adjustments.
As a result, manufacturers could see
that they had to design receivers that
were usable by the average citizen.
Innovations to achieve this included
superheterodyne reception, automatic
volume control (AVC/AGC), single
knob tuning, loudspeaker output
and the ability to operate from much
November 2008 83
environment where antennas were
invariably much smaller.
Similarly, car radio antennas are
necessarily short, while most antennas
used to receive shortwave frequencies
are somewhere near a resonant length
on some bands at least.
As a result, there are four different
philosophies used in the design of antennas and antenna coils for domestic
receivers. We’ll look at these in turn.
Car radio antennas
This shortwave coil is from an
Operatic 32V receiver and is designed
to cover the 6-18 MHz band.
This antenna coil is from an HMV
Little Nipper and is made for the AM
broadcast band.
smaller antennas than the 30m-long
10m-high standard of the time.
The trend to much small antennas in
turn meant that the antenna coil had
to be designed to suit the set’s application. For example, the antenna coils
for sets used on the broadcast band
in country areas were different from
those used in a high-density suburban
In common with other sets of the
time, Australian-built car radios used
a very short antenna, typically around
a metre or so long. This antenna was
connected via a coaxial cable to the
top of the aerial coil via a matching
network (see Fig.1).
The coaxial cable acts as a shield to
minimise interference and its braid is
earthed at both the receiver and at the
antenna base. In practice, it forms part
of the antenna tuned circuit and the
set must be tuned during installation
to match the antenna.
Note that a special type of coaxial
cable with very low capacitance was
used. The characteristic impedance
was 110 ohms. Any change in the antenna length or the characteristics of
the coaxial cable (or its length) meant
that the antenna coil trimmer had to
be readjusted for best performance at
around 1400kHz.
Substituting a big antenna on a car
radio will rarely improve the reception. However, one company (Walbar)
did produce some 2.7-metre long
antennas, which could be mounted at
Fig.1: the antenna input circuit
for an Astor JL car radio. The
antenna was coupled to the top
of the aerial coil via a matching
network (61).
the back of the vehicle. A long coaxial
cable was then run from the set to the
antenna.
Normally, this would have meant
that the cable capacitance would be
too great to be compensated for by the
antenna coil trimmer. To overcome
this, Walbar made an adaptor that fitted part way along the coaxial cable. It
simply consisted of a capacitor which
was wired in series with the inner
conductor.
This reduced the apparent capacitance across the coaxial cable at the
receiver and the circuit could then be
peaked satisfactorily.
Suburban antenna
A full-size ferrite rod antenna was used in the AWA B32 8-transistor radio from
the mid-1960s. This set was quite an impressive performer.
84 Silicon Chip
In the suburbs, radio signals were
fairly strong, so relatively small
antennas could be used to achieve
quite acceptable results. In fact, the
average domestic suburban receiver
of the 1940s and 1950s was expected
to perform well on an antenna 6-10
metres long. This was often strung
indoors around the picture rail as
people couldn’t be bothered putting
up a suitable outside antenna.
Of course, the manufacturers had
siliconchip.com.au
to find a way to get good performance
with such short antennas and this was
achieved in short order.
As mentioned above, I achieved
good performance from my crystal set
by using an adjustable loading coil in
series with the antenna tap on the tuning coil. However, using this technique
on domestic radio was never going
to be accepted by the non-technical
public.
The way around the problem was to
design the aerial coil primary to have
a reasonably high impedance and to
be broadly resonant at a frequency
somewhere around 320-420kHz (ie,
below the lowest tuned frequency).
This gave a rising response/sensitivity
at the low end of the broadcast band,
although some coils also required an
external 100pF capacitor across the
primary.
The coupling to the secondary was
relatively light, so that changing an
antenna wouldn’t upset the tuning of
the secondary coil. The performance
at the high-frequency end of the band
was enhanced by wiring a low-value
capacitor from the top of the primary
winding to the top of the secondary
winding.
Typical values for this capacitor
ranged from 2-5pF or it could simply
be formed by connecting a lead to the
primary winding and laying it close
to the secondary.
Basically, the coil was optimised to
give high sensitivity on the BC (broadcast) band with a short antenna and
substituting larger antennas gave little
improvement. Another advantage was
that using differing antenna lengths or
antennas with different characteristics
did not cause any severe detuning of
the circuit.
Most manufacturers of domestic
household valve receivers used variable-gang tuning capacitors. There
were some exceptions though and
Astor was one of the few that also used
inductance tuning of the antenna (and
oscillator) circuits. A typical circuit is
shown in Fig.2.
In that circuit, the antenna impedance is matched to that of the valve
using capacitors 45, 11 & 16. This
matching remains substantially the
same across the broadcast band. No
series-loading coil was used.
Country antennas
The antenna coils fitted to receivers
in country areas were more like those
siliconchip.com.au
A typical flat-loop antenna, in this case from an AWA 653P AC/Battery portable
receiver (circa 1954). It was attached to the inside back of the cabinet.
used in early sets. Basically, the design
concept was similar to that used in the
suburban sets but the antenna coil was
designed for optimum performance
with a larger antenna.
Receivers for country areas were
generally more sensitive than their
suburban counterparts to enable them
to pick up signals in regions remote
from radio stations. AM commercial
broadcasting stations in the heyday
of valve radios generally used 5kW
transmitters in the city and 2kW transmitters in the country. This now seems
rather odd, as a country audience
would have been spread over a greater
distance compared to the audience in
the city. Higher-powered stations in
the country would have been more
logical, not the other way around.
Because country signals were weaker, radios were commonly fitted with
a radio frequency (RF) stage to boost
their sensitivity. In addition, a long
outside antenna was usually necessary
to ensure that a good signal was fed to
the receiver. An outside antenna was
also necessary to avoid picking up inhome electrical interference.
Shortwave antennas
Shortwave antenna coils were designed to mate with long antennas too.
They are often solenoid wound with
the primary and secondary in close
proximity to one another.
Fig.2: Astor was
one of the few
manufacturers
that also used
inductance tuning
for the antenna and
ocillator circuits.
In reality, their design was very
much a compromise and the sets to
which they were fitted often used an
RF stage to increase the gain, to make
up for the barely adequate antenna
and RF coils.
When tuning the common 6–18MHz
shortwave band, a quarter-wave anNovember 2008 85
The loop antenna for this 1925 RCA 26 portable
radio receiver is contained in the hinged section
at left. It can be rotated for optimum reception.
tenna will vary from 4.2 metres long
at 18MHz to 12.5 metres long at 6MHz.
This means that even a picture-railantenna may be longer than a quarter
wave on some frequencies.
However, it was still desirable to
have a decent outside antenna even
though it may be much longer than a
quarter wavelength. That’s because it
would then be outside the household
noise field (a consideration that was
also important on the broadcast band
in country areas).
Shortwave signals vary considerably in strength and 4-valve radios
were generally considered to be inadequate for shortwave reception. As a
result, most sets with shortwave fitted
used at least five valves.
For those who were really keen on
shortwave listening, AWA produced
sets like their famous 7-band, 6-valve
sets, while Astor and HMV produced
receivers capable of covering several international shortwave broadcast
bands. The antenna coils used in the
Astor sets consisted of a single winding coupled to the antenna by a 4pF
mica capacitor.
Resonant antennas
Antenna coils designed for use with
resonant antennas (eg, those used by
radio amateurs) are different again.
In this case, the antenna coil winding is designed to suit the impedance
of the antenna. The primary winding
may have one end earthed or it may
have both ends floating so they can be
attached to a resonant dipole antenna
or to a balanced feeder cable.
This floating winding may also
Left: a solenoidtype aerial coil
as used in the
Raycophone “Pee
Wee” AM radio
from about 1933.
86 Silicon Chip
Fig.3: a typical loop
antenna circuit, as
used in an early AWA
portable receiver.
have a centre tap, which is earthed.
The purpose of this is to balance the
two sections of the coil and to act as
an earth to discharge any static-charge
build-ups on the antenna.
Loop antennas
Loop antennas were developed
around the same time as long-wire
antennas. They were a very convenient way of receiving signals, as they
didn’t require the construction of a
large outside structure. However, they
did require a frame up to about one
metre in diameter to accommodate
the antenna coils and this was usually installed on top of the receiver or
incorporated into the cabinet.
As time went by, the loop diameter
progressively decreased and there
were a few reasons for this. First, the
strength of the signals increased due
to broadcasting stations increasing
their output power and improving
the antenna systems. Second, various
components such as valves improved
and so receivers became more sensitive. As a result, smaller loop antennas
gave the same end result as a larger
loop antenna in earlier days.
Another reason was that consumers
wanted the antenna to be less intrusive
and they wanted their receivers to be
more portable, so that they could be
easily moved from room to room.
The original loop antennas consisted of several turns wound around
a wooden frame. These turns were
siliconchip.com.au
spaced well away from each other
to minimise any inter-winding capacitance. The tuning capacitor was
mounted inside the receiver and was
connected to the antenna loop by two
flexible wires, ie, one to each end of
the winding.
Loop antennas had one feature
that proved invaluable if there were
two strong stations on adjacent frequencies. By rotating the loop, the
unwanted station could be almost
completely nulled out so that it did
not cause interference to the wanted
station, a feature that can still be important today.
This particular characteristic was
also used in direction finding receivers
during the war, to determine where a
transmitting station might be.
By 1925, loop antennas had been
reduced down to quite manageable
sizes. The loop antenna used in the
RCA 26 receiver featured in the August
2008 issue illustrates this.
It’s also worth noting that when
loopstick antennas became the fashion, the primary winding (which is
attached to the antenna) was more like
that used in the antenna coils for amateur radio receivers. However, they
also featured an RF choke (wound on
a resistor) in series with the antenna
lead and this basically acted as a loading coil.
This allowed the set to be peaked
with an “average” antenna to some
spot on the broadcast band. The resistor loaded the coil and reduced its
“Q”, so that this peaking effect was
spread out over a much larger section
of the broadcast band, ie, the peaking
effect at the resonant frequency of the
antenna and loading coil was significantly reduced.
Photo Gallery: Peter Pan BKJ
The Peter Pan BKJ was manufactured around 1946 by Eclipse Radio in Melbourne and this particular example was restored by Bill Smith. It employed
a conventional superhet circuit and the valve line-up was as follows: 6J8G
mixer, 6U7G IF amplifier, 6B6G detector/first audio amplifier, 6V6G audio
output and 5Y5G rectifier. Photo by Kevin Poulter for the Historical Radio
Society of Australia (HRSA). Phone (03) 9539 1117. www.hrsa.net.au
Some personal portables even
used a carrying strap embedded with
tinselled wire as the loop antenna.
This was not tuned but was wired in
Portable receivers
Portable radio receivers have used
loop antennas of some sort almost
since radio began. A typical antenna
in such sets (before ferrite rod antennas
became common) consisted of a flat
coil which was usually in the back of
the receiver case (eg, as in the AWA
653P featured in the September 2008
issue). The loop also generally had a
2-turn primary winding that could
be connected to an external antenna
and earth.
Astor sets often used a damped
loading coil in series with their loop
antennas, as subsequently used with
many ferrite rod antennas.
siliconchip.com.au
A typical “pocket-portable” AM
radio from the 1970s. The small
loopstick antenna is at the top
and gave adequate performance
on strong local stations.
parallel with the tuned antenna coil
primary.
Summary
Antenna coils, whether attached to
external antennas or used to receive
signals directly (as loop antennas do),
were all designed to suit their particular application. Large loop antennas
like those shown in the photos are
extremely efficient. If a small transistor
portable is placed within such a loop
antenna, the performance of the set
will be markedly improved when the
loop is tuned to the station of interest
and rotated for maximum pickup.
Ferrite rod antennas are now used in
virtually all AM broadcast band receivers. Their development (along with the
invention of transistors) meant that
receivers could be made much smaller
than before and still work satisfactorily
in most areas.
Ferrite rod antennas can be made
extremely small, as can be seen in a
photograph at the start of this article.
In that case, the ferrite rod is about half
the size of a matchstick! Of course, the
set’s performance is pathetic compared
to sets with ferrite rods like that used
SC
in the AWA B32.
November 2008 87
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
See
Review
March
2010
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
PAYPAL (24/7)
INTERNET (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
eMAIL (24/7)
FAX (24/7)
To
ilicon Chip Use your PayPal account
www.siliconchip.
Call (02) 9939 3295 with
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Place88 S
com.au/Shop/Books silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Collaroy NSW 2097
with order & credit card details
with order & credit card details (02) 9939 2648 with all details
Your
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
Order:
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
See
Review
March
2010
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
PAYPAL (24/7)
INTERNET (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
eMAIL (24/7)
FAX (24/7)
To
siliconchip.com.au
November
Use your PayPal account
www.siliconchip.
Call (02) 2008 89
9939 3295 with
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Place
com.au/Shop/Books silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
Collaroy NSW 2097
with order & credit card details
with order & credit card details (02) 9939 2648 with all details
Your
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
Order:
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Write to: Ask Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097 or
send an email to silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
Solar trackers for
panels or reflectors
I think there is a need for a project
to help the solar power industry.
Solar panels are expensive and
their output varies with the amount
of sunlight striking the panel. The
intensity could be optimised by additional reflectors that are moved to
keep the panels’ output at maximum
for as long as possible. The project
would monitor the intensity on each
panel and bring the reflectors to bear
as required, with controlled motors.
(G. T., Londonderry, NSW).
• The adding of adjustable reflectors or making the panels track the
sun does increase output. However,
the inevitable energy input for the
tracking facility often means that any
increase in output over a full day is
fairly marginal.
If you have a large solar panel array,
its weight or the weight of any reflector panels will be considerable as they
need to be engineered to withstand
high winds. If you then make the solar
array (or the reflector panels) moveable
to track the sun, the additional weight
will require a considerable amount of
power to move it.
Having said that, we published a
design for a solar tracker to suit a single panel in the January 1995 issue of
SILICON CHIP. We can supply the back
issue for $9.50 including GST and P&P
(Australia) or $A13.00 each including
airmail (outside Australia).
Is solar-powered airconditioning practical?
Could you please tell me if solar
power for caravans can run air-conditioners? If we went solar for our van
we would want to be able to run the
air-conditioner, lights and television.
If this were possible, what would the
cost be? (P. C., Crystal Brook, SA).
• We turned your question over
to Collyn Rivers, who has written
a number of very good books on
solar power. In fact, one of them is
reviewed in this month’s issue. Here
is his reply:
It is possible but not practical to run
even the most efficient air-conditioners from solar energy in a caravan. At
present, air-conditioners made specifically for RVs are, with rare exceptions,
not nearly as efficient as their better
domestic counterparts. Like fridges,
air-conditioners do not generate “cold”
as such. They are simply pumps that
move heat from where it’s not wanted
Very Low Speed Motor Control
Please let me commence by saying
I am a complete ignoramus in this
field but I do like doing things for
myself if possible. I have a working electric motor that came from a
paper shredder. It is labelled 230V
50Hz 54W.
One of my hobbies is making
fishing rods. Part of the process
is applying epoxy to the bindings
which can take 24 hours to dry.
To ensure a smooth finish, the rod
should be rotated at about 10 RPM
for that period.
I need something to allow me to
regulate the speed of the motor. Can
90 Silicon Chip
you suggest a suitable circuit? (B. R.,
via email).
• We have published motor speed
controllers for 230V mains motors
(eg, SILICON CHIP, October 2002) but
because you are inexperienced with
electrical wiring we cannot recommend you build one. In addition,
the motor would not run smoothly
at 10 RPM using such a controller.
Instead, why not use a low-voltage
motor and gearbox? Jaycar have the
YG-2730 motor and gearbox that can
be set to run at 11.27 RPM. It is also
safe and runs on 3V using two 1.5V
batteries or a DC power supply.
to where it does not matter (eg, from
inside a house to the outside air).
Currently, the most efficient domestic air-conditioners use about 450W to
produce 2500W of cooling but many
RV units use close to double that. If
run from 12/24V, inverter losses would
increase that to 500W – about 41A at
12V – and as battery charging is only
about 90% efficient, this increases the
demand for the air-conditioner alone
to about 46Ah solar input for each hour
the unit is in use.
That equates to about 370Ah per
every eight hours’ usage.
Translating this into solar module
terms: a typical 130W solar module
realistically produces about 90W. This
will typically result in 360 watt/hours,
ie, about 30Ah/day.
As we need about 370Ah for every
eight hours use, this requires a minimum of 12 such modules (at a cost of
approximately $18,000). If you need to
have the air-conditioning running for
longer than eight hours most costs increase proportionally. In some places
one can assume 5-6 such sun-hours
but doing that is better avoided for
reliable operation.
Few caravans have roof space sufficient for more than half the above
– nor can they support the weight of
about 15kg per module.
There’s worse! For the above to be
even remotely practicable (most of
the solar energy is available only for
three or so hours either side of noon),
that 370Ah input must be stored in a
battery bank.
Most affordable batteries can only be
routinely discharged to about 40% remaining charge, so the minimum-sized
bank needs to at least 600Ah. That lot
will weigh about 200kg and cost about
$1200. If run 24 hours/day, you are
looking at a 600kg battery bank.
The above relates only to current
state-of-the-art air-conditioning. A
typical RV unit will need up to double
that solar input and battery capacity.
The current solution is to run airconditioning only where 240VAC
mains power is available or to use a
siliconchip.com.au
quiet inverter generator such as the
Honda/Yamaha units; this removes
the need for batteries and a separate
inverter. A single 130W module plus a
100Ah battery can adequately supply
the remaining requirements.
In the medium-term, LPG powered
fuel cells plus ever increasingly efficient (domestic) air-conditioning
technology will provide an answer
to running RV air-conditioning from
solar. It is now done domestically –
but requires exceptionally large solar
installations, such as our neighbour’s
$300,000 (truly!) system that runs four
of them.
I might also comment that medical
advice is that the ongoing thermal
shock of moving frequently in and
out of air-conditioned vehicles in hot
places causes major physiological
stress. While thermally acclimatised
(we live permanently in Broome), we
do not have air-conditioning in our
home or TVan camper trailer. (Collyn
Rivers, Caravan & Motorhome Books,
Broome, WA 6725.)
Note: Collyn Rivers was the founder
editor of “Electronics Today International” which together with “Electronics Australia” were the antecedents
of SILICON CHIP. Collyn is the author/
publisher of the directly-RV related
and globally selling “Solar That Really
Works”; and also the just published
“Solar Success” (the latter includes
RVs but mainly covers home and
property systems). His websites are at:
www.caravanandmotorhomebooks
www.successfulsolarbooks
Puzzlement over
battery charger
The circuit for the 12V lighting
controller (S ILICON C HIP , January
2008) is of interest to me as I wanted
to adapt the concept for charging an
SLA battery (12V 1.3Ah) for a cordless
drill which is used infrequently. The
problem I have is that the mains power
for the charger is not always present
and so the battery is discharged by
the charger when mains power is off.
My charger (Jaycar MB-3517) is
similar to the one you use in this project in that no voltage is present on
the charger terminals until the battery
is connected, hence the charger does
not start if you isolate the battery via
a diode to prevent discharge when
power is off.
How then does your circuit work
siliconchip.com.au
PIC Programmer Comparison Is Confusing
I have been comparing the PIC
programmer published in May 2008
with the one published in September
2003. They are pretty well the same,
as you would expect, but there is a
major difference with regard to the
PGM Program pin.
The 2003 programmer was designed for use with 18-pin chips
(16F84 and 16F628 etc) and an addon could be made to take the 28 and
40-pin chips. The 2008 programmer
was designed for use with 40-pin
chips such as the 16F877 but could
also be used with 28-pin and 18-pin
chips.
In the 2003 programmer, the PGM
pin on the 18-pin socket (pin 10) is
pulled to ground via a 4.7kΩ resistor. Also in the article is a small
add-on circuit for a 28-pin chip. In
this add-on, the PGM pin (pin 24) is
also pulled to ground using a 4.7kΩ
resistor.
In the 2008 programmer, however,
when the charger is isolated from the
battery by Schottky diode D1? Jaycar
info for your charger states that it will
not charge a totally flat battery, ie, zero
volts at the charger terminals. (B. P.,
Glenbrook, NSW).
• We are puzzled by your statement
that with your SLA battery-charging
set-up, the battery is discharged by
the charger when the mains power is
not present. This should not occur,
because the rectifier diodes in the
charger should not allow current to
flow back into the charger from the
battery when there is no mains power.
The same function is provided by
diode D1 in the 12V Lighting Controller. There is no disruption of the
automatic charging action as a result
of diode D1 being in series with the
battery, because the only effect of D1
is to increase the apparent terminal
voltage of the battery by about 390mV
(as seen by the charger). If anything,
the Schottky diode makes the battery
appear to be less discharged than it
actually is.
Transformer for
Studio 350 amplifier
I am currently building the first of
the PGM pins on the 18, 28 and
40-pin sockets are all connected directly to the +5V rail. This is because
these pins are also used as power
connections on other chips.
So what should it be? 4.7kΩ to
ground or directly to the +5V rail?
(P. O., via email).
• The 2008 dsPIC/PIC Programmer connects all those pins to the
+5V rail, as you say. This is OK
since the PGM pin is not used for
programming the PICs. Instead, the
MCLR-bar/Vpp pin (pin 1 or pin 4)
is used for the programming voltage (Vpp).
When the voltage on the MCLRbar/Vpp pin rises to around 13V,
the PIC enters programming mode.
Programming commands and data
are then sent serially using the PGC
(clock) and PGD (data) lines.
In other words, the PGM line is not
used for programming but merely to
supply Vcc (supply voltage).
two Studio 350 amplifier modules
(SILICON CHIP, January & February
2004). Is the recommended transformer (50V+50V 500VA) for this amplifier
capable of powering two amplifier modules? I intend driving 8-ohm
speakers but don’t want to lose the
capability of driving 4-ohm loads.
Would the performance of the
amplifiers benefit from independent
power supplies or would a higherrated transformer be satisfactory? As
I only intend using the amplifiers to
power a home stereo system, hopefully
the transformer can handle the power
demand. Is there a way I can check
that the transformer is coping with
the load, eg, by measuring the voltage
across the supply rails?
What do you recommend as the
total capacitance? Also, if sharing the
power supply between the two amplifiers, should the number of 8000μF
80V capacitors be increased? (L. C.,
Campbelltown, NSW).
• A single 500VA power supply is OK
except for all but the most demanding
applications where you might require
full power from both channels for a
significant period.
If you are concerned about whether
the transformer is adequate, you
November 2008 91
12-24V DC Speed Controller Queries
I have been studying the motor
controller circuit in the March 2008
issue and I notice that all components are on the same side of the
board, so it means that the Mosfets
are lying on the epoxy rather than
the copper. No wonder the FETs run
hot! If you don’t mind me saying so,
that is a very strange arrangement
indeed.
They cannot be turned over and
put on the copper side as the leads
would not line up. I do intend to
build one of these so I have decided
I would stand them upright and bolt
an angled 16G copper or 3mm aluminium heatsink onto them where
they are situated now under the tab.
That should enable loads of 50A or
60A at a significantly lower operating temperature.
I happen to want to run two 500W
motors in parallel on 24V in a model
train so I know I will be running the
controller at its limit. If necessary, I
would be prepared to use a separate
supply for each motor but a much
cheaper solution is to just slightly
beef up a single controller, especially
when I think that a sizable heatsink
is going to be necessary anyway.
My other concern is with the 55V
rating of the FETs. I once came across
an old rule of thumb that stated that
the FETs should be rated four times
the battery voltage. Is this a valid rule
still? The IRF1405 is designed specifically for automotive use and that
means 14V. If you multiply 13.8V by
four you get almost exactly 55. This
cannot be a coincidence.
Now I wonder if you have run
this circuit in a real-life vehicle on
could monitor the supply rails with
your multimeter while the amplifier
is delivering high power. However, if
you are listening to normal program
material (eg, from a CD player), there
is likely to be negligible fluctuation.
There is no point in increasing the
capacitance on the supply rails.
Luxeon
bed light
I propose to build a pair of bed light
units using 3W Luxeon LEDs and
92 Silicon Chip
a 24V power supply? I once blew a
60V (60N06) Mosfet in a five-Mosfet
parallel array on a large heatsink on a
24V supply, powering a 5-inch gauge
model train. I could never be sure of
the cause of the failure so I decided
to replace them all with 100V types
and had no more trouble, even under
some periods of “rough” use when
the train was dragging its brakes.
Even that big heatsink got hot then,
so it was a real test!
On that rule, these Mosfets should
be rated at 100V for a 24V supply.
But there is no 24V equivalent to the
IRF1405 (that I can find) so it would
probably have to be an IRF540N with
a rating of 33A.
I have not yet worked out the
thermal gradients for this one but it
would certainly mean a decent-sized
heatsink and the use of perhaps two
extra Mosfets. I would appreciate
your comments on these two issues.
(P. D., via email).
• The rationale for not including
heatsinks was because we did not
think the speed controller would
need to handle 40A for greatly extended periods.
Most motors only draw large currents at start up, under very heavy
load or when stalled. At other times
they can be expected to pull much
smaller currents. Therefore, any
normal motor installation requiring
a 40A rating would not be expected
to run at this maximum current all
the time.
A continuous 40A current rating
also means a very large battery capacity, otherwise the batteries would
be exhausted very quickly.
your StarPower supply described in
the May 2004 issue. It would be fed
from a mains-derived DC source, so I
will probably omit the “low battery”
components.
It would be nice to have dimming
capability. Would there be any objection to running a pair of flying leads
from the trimpot location and installing a suitable potentiometer? (R. T.,
Doncaster East, Vic).
• You could use VR1 as a dimming
control provided that the 3.6kΩ resistor in series is altered so the maximum
The Mosfets will get hot with 10A
running through them, ie, 40A in
total. This was mentioned in the article, where the junction temperature
will be around 80°C at 10A. With the
typical RDS(on) of 5.3 milliohms,
the power dissipation with 10A is
close to 0.53W.
So if you want to run the speed
controller near its operating maximum for extended periods, it would
be prudent to add a heatsink to the
Mosfets as you suggest. For most applications though, a heatsink should
not be necessary.
In relation to your comments regarding the 55V rating of the Mosfets,
we agree that a higher rating would
be desirable, at first glance. However,
the IRF1405 Mosfets are cheap and
readily available and the specified
33V 5W zener diode was found to
offer effective protection, even under
the most severe conditions.
The 33V zener would also still be
required even if higher-rated Mosfets
were used, because it is needed to
suppress voltage transients which
could damage other parts of the
circuit, possibly including the microcontroller. Hence, there would be
no real advantage in fitting higherrated Mosfets.
We did perform a number of extended tests on the speed controller
at 24V and 40A but this is quite
difficult using a suitably rated motor on its own, unless you have a
dynamometer set-up. Our approach
was to use the featured motor with a
brake load, together with a resistive
dummy load to bring the current up
to 40A continuous.
LED current is not exceeded when
VR1 is in its maximum level position.
The sense resistor R1 may need to be
larger in value to get sufficient dimming range. However, make sure that
R1 is not dissipating excess power for
its wattage rating.
Electric braking
for a caravan
Some time ago, I built your “Highly
Flexible Keypad Alarm” (SILICON CHIP,
April 2003). It worked like a charm
siliconchip.com.au
until recently. While it appeared to set
correctly (the LED came on), opening
the normally closed loop did nothing
and at the same time the ability to
respond to either 1000 or 2000 to set
or unset was lost, and only one entry
code (1000) worked.
Another matter you may be able to
help me with is that I am buying a new
caravan. To operate the van’s electric
brakes I purchased a “Hayman Reese
Electronic Brake Controller” which is
smaller than a normal pendulum type
and which fits my car.
Upon application of the car brakes
(stop light circuit), the controller applies the van brakes. It uses a 313Hz
oscillator and pulse width control,
with a transistor as the controlling
element, I assume. You can set the attack rate and the amplitude separately
but there is no input from the towing
vehicle as there would be with the
pendulum type.
With a previous home-built pendulum type controller I designed a few
years ago for a much bigger vehicle (a
Landrover 110), I had room to incorporate a moving-coil ammeter in series
so I could tell visually the amount of
braking being applied. With this new
unit I would like an ammeter but don’t
have room for a moving-coil type.
However, I found a likely solution
in the LED Bargraph Ammeter, in the
January 1999 issue of SILICON CHIP. I
will obviously not need the 555 IC or
the negative supply and assume I will
connect pin 4 of IC1a to 0V (earth).
I will make a manganin resistance
shunt for about 6-7A (which a previous
van’s brakes required.) What voltage
drop would be required across the
shunt to fully light up all the LEDs?
(N. W., via email).
• The keypad alarm can usually be
Universal Remotes & The RC5 Code
I bought a kit for the PC Infrared
Receiver (SILICON CHIP, August 2003)
and I have some questions. The device is assembled and I can see hex
signals being received on the COM
port but only with one remote, ie,
the remote for my car stereo.
If I try any other remote, no signals are seen. I’ve tried several TV
remotes, a VCR/DVD remote, my
universal learning remote (Zensonic) and my Yamaha AV amplifier
remote, all with no result. Have I
“formatted” the microcontroller to
accept only the first type of signals?
Is this project programmed to accept
only some remote codes? (M. D., via
email).
• As detailed in the August 2005
redeemed by tying the instant and
delayed inputs to 0V, then pressing
the 3, 6, 9 & * keys simultaneously
while you apply power. The status
LED will light. Then switch off power
and reapply power after releasing the
switches. The default settings will
then be restored.
If this does not work, the code in the
PIC may be corrupted and it will have
to be reprogrammed.
Concerning your brake driver, the
7A shunt only needs to provide a voltage drop of between 40mV and 800mV
to show a full LED display. As an
alternative to measuring current, you
could just measure the pulse width
by clamping the PWM signal from the
brake driver at say 5.1V using a zener
and series resistor and applying this
to the pin 5 input to IC2 via a trimpot
issue, the receiver is designed to
work with universal remotes. It
generally will not work with specific remotes for a particular piece
of equipment.
Universal remotes can be programmed to send an RC5 code which
is what the PC Infrared Remote
Receiver requires. The RC5 code is
used with most Philips or affiliated
brands of equipment. Select one
of the pre-programmed codes for
Philips brand units as detailed in
the instructions for the universal
remote.
In addition, the PC Infrared Remote Receiver will accept Sony
Playstation codes if a Playstation
remote is used.
Notes & Errata
USB Clock with LCD Readout,
October 2008: there is an error
in the circuit on page 21. Pin 43
(D+) of the microcontroller should
connect to pin 3 of the USB type B
socket. Similarly, Pin 42 (D-) of the
microcontroller should connect
to pin 2 of the USB type B socket.
The circuit shows these two connections swapped.
divider. The signal can be filtered to
average out the pulses to a DC value.
That way you only need IC2, REG1 and
the LEDs. IC1 and IC2, etc will not be
required. The bar mode is enabled by
SC
connecting pin 9 to pin 3.
WARNING!
SILICON CHIP magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage.
All such projects should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely.
Readers are warned that high voltage wiring should be carried out according to the instructions in the articles.
When working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with
mains AC voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages
or other high voltages, you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims
any liability for damages should anyone be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any
issue of SILICON CHIP magazine. Devices or circuits described in SILICON CHIP may be covered by patents. SILICON
CHIP disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. SILICON CHIP also disclaims any liability for projects which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant
government regulations and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the Trade Practices Act 1974 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are
applicable.
siliconchip.com.au
November 2008 93
MARKET CENTRE
Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in SILICON CHIP
CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING RATES
Advertising rates for these pages: Classified ads: $29.50 (incl. GST) for up to 20
words plus 85 cents for each additional word. Display ads: $54.50 (incl. GST) per
column centimetre (max. 10cm). Closing date: 5 weeks prior to month of sale.
To book your classified ad, email the text to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au and
include your name, address & credit card details, or fax (02) 9939 2648, or post
to Silicon Chip Classifieds, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW, Australia 2097.
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $__________ or please debit my
o
Visa Card o Master Card
Card No.
Signature_____________________________ Card expiry date______/______
Name _________________________________________________________
Street _________________________________________________________
Suburb/town ______________________________ Postcode______________
Phone:______________ Fax:______________ Email:___________________
Degen 1103 Pocket Receiver
Range 100kHz
- 29,999kHz,
direct entry,
digital display.
Listen to SSB,
amateur radio,
marine weather,
HF aircraft, shortwave and many
more. Supplied with rechargeable
AA batteries, approved charger, 10m
longwire, carry case and earphones.
$159.00 + P/H.
Contact Av-Comm Pty Ltd
Tel: (02) 9939 4377; www.avcomm.com.au
PROTOTYPING ????
FOR SALE
RCS RADIO/DESIGN is at 41 Arlewis
St, Chester Hill 2162, NSW Australia
and has all the published PC boards
from SC, EA, ETI, HE, AEM & others. Ph
(02) 9738 0330. sales<at>rcsradio.com.
au; www.rcsradio.com.au
Croydon, Melbourne. (03) 9723 3860.
electronicworld<at>optusnet.com.au
CUSTOMERS: Truscotts Electronic
World – large range of semiconductors
and passive components for industry,
hobbyist and amateur projects including Drew Diamond. 27 The Mall, South
FACTORY OUTLET: flexible neon wire.
Sheet (Backlight cuttable) flower. LGP
Backlight. EL products. Phone 041
771 8607 Fax (07) 3397 5787. Email:
cjappliance<at>gmail.com
PROTOTYPING ! ! ! !
Make your own quality
prototype circuit boards
with Quick Circuit
SATCAM
www.satcam.com.au
E: satcam<at>satcam.com.au
94 Silicon Chip
Tel: +61 2 9807 7081
Models available for
less than $10,000
PCBs MADE, ONE OR MANY. Any
format, hobbyists welcome. Sesame
Electronics Phone (02) 9593 1025.
sesame<at>sesame.com.au
www.sesame.com.au
TECH REPAIRS SERVICE MANUALS
www.techrepairs.org
Thousands of downloadable service
manuals for all brands, makes and
models including PDP, LCD, VCR,
DVD, CTV, Vintage Radio, Laptops,
Monitors, Sewing Machines, Washing
Machines, Dryers, Fridges and many
continued page 96
siliconchip.com.au
VIDEO - AUDIO - PC
TAIG MACHINERY
distribution amps - splitters
digital standards converters - tbc's
switchers - cables - adaptors
genlockers - scan converters
bulk vga cable - wallplates
Taig Micro Mill
2000 including
4th axis and
MACH software
$3000.00
DVS5c & DVS5s
High Performance
Video / S-Video
and Audio Splitters
MD12 Media Distribution Amplifier
QUEST
®
Quest AV®
VGA Splitter
VGS2
HQ VGA
Cables
AWP1
A-V Wallplate
Come to the
specialists...
®
Quest Electronics® Pty Limited abn 83 003 501 282 t/a Questronix
Products, Specials & Pricelist at www.questronix.com.au
fax (02) 4341 2795
phone (02) 4343 1970
email: questav<at>questronix.com.au
C O N T R O L S
Tough times
demand innovative solutions!
Mini Lathe 280 X 300 with
all accessories
$700.00
59 Gilmore
Crescent 1:10(02)
56601
SPK360
3/5/06
PM6281
Page
Garran ACT 2605
0412 269 707
20 years experience!
HI-FISPEAKER REPAIRS
Specialising in UK, US and Danish brands.
Speakerbits are your vintage, rare and collectable speaker
repair experts. Foam surrounds, voice coils, complete
recone kits and more. Original OEM parts for Scan-Speak,
Dynaudio, Tannoy, JBL, ElectroVoice and others!
ELNEC IC PROGRAMMERS
High quality
Realistic prices
Free software updates
Large range of adaptors
Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2k/XP
tel: 03 9647 7000 www.speakerbits.com
Made in Australia, used by OEMs world-wide
splat-sc.com
Quality batteries to suit
SONY BPL90 V LOCK &
ANTON BAUER DIONIC
CLEVERSCOPE
USB OSCILLOSCOPES
2 x 100MSa/s 10bit inputs + trigger
100MHz bandwidth
8 x digital inputs
4M samples/input
Sig-gen + spectrum analyser
Windows 98/Me/NT/2k/XP
IMAGECRAFT C COMPILERS
ANSI C compilers, Windows IDE
AVR, TMS430, ARM7/ARM9
68HC08, 68HC11, 68HC12
GRANTRONICS PTY LTD
www.grantronics.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
SPK360
YOUR EXPERT SPEAKER REPAIR SPECIALISTS
Portable
charger for
mains or
12V
vehicle
supply
also
available
Surplus Electronic
Components ABN: 38 445 311 223
www.excesselectronics.com.au
Excess Electronic
Components
PO Box 2417
Rowville Vic 3178
Tel: 041 567 7761
Fax: 03 9755 8280
FREE MONTHLY MAILER
Please Enquire
30mcd Dark Blue
SMD Led (Pk-100)
AB687
$ 3.00
On-line Shopping
Range Of Excess
Electronic Parts
sales<at> excesselectronics.com.au
FREE FREIGHT FOR ORDER OVER $100
C
A
L
L
PREMIER
BATTERIES PTY
LTD
(02) 9755 1845
email: malcolmw<at>premierbatteries.com.au
web: www.premierbatteries.com.au
November 2008 95
Do You Eat, Breathe and Sleep TECHNOLOGY?
Opportunities for full-time and part-time positions all over Australia & New Zealand
Jaycar Electronics is a rapidly growing, Australian
owned, international retailer with more than 50 stores in
Australia and New Zealand. Our aggressive expansion
programme has resulted in the need for dedicated
individuals to join our team to assist us in achieving our
goals.
We pride ourselves on the technical knowledge of our
staff. Do you think that the following statements describe
you? Please put a tick in the boxes that do:
Knowledge of electronics, particularly at component level.
Assemble projects or kits yourself for car, computer, audio, etc.
Have empathy with others who have the same interest as you.
May have worked in some retail already (not obligatory).
Have energy, enthusiasm and a personality that enjoys
helping people.
Appreciates an opportunity for future advancement.
Have an eye for detail.
Why not do something you love and get paid for it? Please
write or email us with your details, along with your C.V.
and any qualifications you may have. We pay a
competitive salary, sales commissions and have great
benefits like a liberal staff purchase policy.
Send to:
Retail Operations Manager - Jaycar Electronics Pty Ltd
PO Box 107, Rydalmere, NSW 2116
Email: jobs<at>jaycar.com.au
Jaycar Electronics is an equal opportunity employer and
actively promotes staff from within the organisation.
RFMA RF Modules Australia
Low Power Wireless Connectivity Specialists
Applications: Parani-SD100
Laptop/PDA
Bluetooth Serial Adapter
OEM Bluetooth Module
comms,
control In Stock NOW!
In Stock NOW!
AT Interface & measurement. Range 100m to 1Km
Rural
No drivers
Power: +18dBm
Class 1
Industrial
Range of upto 1Km
Data rate: upto 115200bps
Bluetooth Spec: V2.0+EDR
Commercial
SENA: OEM Bluetooth Modules and Serial Adapters
Parani-ESD1000
RF Modules Australia. P.O. Box 1957 Launceston, TAS., 7250.
Ph: 03-6331-6789. Email: sales<at>rfmodules.com.au. Web: rfmodules.com.au
Battery Packs & Chargers
Gooligum Electronics
Christmas Star
still available
Full kit: $39 + P/H
www.gooligum.com.au
Siomar Battery Engineering
www.batterybook.com
Phone (08) 9302 5444
more. An absolute must have website
for any Tech!
LEDs! NICHIA SUPERBRIGHT LEDs,
Cree XR-E and 5mm LEDs, Avago
(HP) LEDs, many other standard and
superbright brand name LEDs. Plus,
see our new range of nixie clocks! www.
ledsales.com.au
WANTED
WANTED: EARLY HIFIs, AMPLIFIERS,
Speakers, Turntables, Valves, Books,
Quad, Leak, Pye, Lowther, Ortofon,
SME, Western Electric, Altec, Marantz,
96 Silicon Chip
DOWNLOAD OUR CATALOG at
www.iinet.net.au/~worcom
WORLDWIDE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS
PO Box 631, Hillarys, WA 6923
Ph: (08) 9307 7305 Fax: (08) 9307 7309
Email: worcom<at>iinet.net.au
McIntosh, Tannoy, Goodmans, Wharfedale, radio and wireless. Collector/
Hobbyist will pay cash. (07) 5471 1062.
johnmurt<at>highprofile.com.au
KIT ASSEMBLY
KEITH RIPPON KIT ASSEMBLY &
REPAIR:
* Australia & New Zealand;
* Small production runs.
Phone Keith 0409 662 794.
keith.rippon<at>gmail.com
Advertising Index
Alternative Technology Assoc......... 79
Altronics............................ loose insert
Amateur Scientist CDs.................. IBC
Av-Comm........................................ 94
CJ Appliance................................... 94
Computronics.................................. 95
Dick Smith Electronics............... 22-23
Dynalite........................................... 61
Ecowatch........................................ 94
Emona Instruments......................... 11
Gooligum Electronics...................... 96
Grantronics..................................... 95
Harbuch Electronics........................ 81
Hare & Forbes..............................OBC
High Profile Communications.......... 96
Instant PCBs................................... 95
Jaycar..............................IFC,45-52,96
JED Microprocessors........................ 5
Keith Rippon................................... 96
LED Sales....................................... 96
MicroZed Computers................... 7,39
Ocean Controls................................. 6
Ozitronics........................................ 81
Premier Batteries............................ 95
Prime Electronics............................ 67
Quest Electronics............................ 95
RCS Radio...................................... 94
RF Modules..................................... 96
Rockby Electronics......................... 95
Satcam............................................ 94
Sesame Electronics........................ 94
Silicon Chip Binders........................ 56
Silicon Chip Bookshop............... 88-89
SC Perf. Electronics For Cars......... 34
Silicon Chip Subscriptions.............. 77
Siomar Battery Industries............... 96
Soundlabs Group............................ 43
Speakerbits..................................... 95
Splat Controls................................. 95
Taig Machinery................................ 95
Tech Repairs................................... 94
Tekmark Australia........................... 61
Tenrod Australia................................ 9
Tribotix .............................................. 3
Truscotts Electronic World............... 94
Wagner Electronics......................... 41
Worldwide Elect. Components........ 96
PC Boards
Printed circuit boards for SILICON CHIP
designs can be obtained from RCS
Radio Pty Ltd. Phone (02) 9738 0330.
Fax (02) 9738 0334.
siliconchip.com.au
STIC
FANTAIDEA
GIFT UDENTS
FOR SFT ALL
O S!
AGE
THEAMATEUR SCIENTIST
An incredible CD with over 1000 classic projects
from the pages of Scientific American,
covering every field of science...
THE LATEST
VERSION 4 –
WITH EVEN
MORE
FEATURES!
Arguably THE most IMPORTANT collection
of scientific projects ever put together!
This is version 4, Super Science Fair Edition
from the pages of Scientific American.
As well as specific project material, the CDs
contain hints and tips by experienced amateur
scientists, details on building
science apparatus, a large
database of chemicals and
so much more.
ONLY
62
$
00
PLUS $10 Pack and Post
within Australia
NZ P&P: $AU12.00,
Elsewhere: $AU18.00
“A must for every science student,
science teacher, science lab . . . or simply
for those with an enquiring mind . . .”
Just a tiny selection of the incredible range of projects:
! Build a seismograph to study earthquakes ! Make soap bubbles that last for
months ! Monitor the health of local streams ! Preserve biological specimens !
Build a carbon dioxide laser ! Grow bacteria cultures safely at home ! Build a
ripple tank to study wave phenomena ! Discover how plants grow in low gravity !
Do strange experiments with sound ! Use a hot wire to study the crystal structure
of steel ! Extract and purify DNA in your kitchen !Create a laser hologram ! Study
variable stars like a pro ! Investigate vortexes in water ! Cultivate slime moulds !
Study the flight efficiency of soaring birds ! How to make an Electret ! Construct
fluid lenses ! Raise butterflies as experimental animals ! Study the physics of
spinning tops ! Build an apparatus for studying chaotic systems ! Detect metals in
air, liquids, or solids ! Photograph an ant's brain and nervous system ! Use
magnets to make fluids into solids ! Measure the metabolism of an insect . . . !
and many, many more (a thousand more, in fact!)
See the V2 review in SILICON CHIP, October 2004. . . or read on line at siliconchip.com.au
This is the ALL-NEW Version 4 . . . it’s even BETTER!
HERE’S HOW TO ORDER YOUR COPY:
BY PHONE:*
(02) 9939 3295
9-5 Mon-Fri
BY FAX:#
<at>
(02) 9939 2648
24 Hours 7 Days
BY EMAIL:#
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
24 Hours 7 Days
BY MAIL:#
BY PAYPAL:#
PO Box 139,
Collaroy NSW 2097
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
24 Hours 7 Days
* Please have your credit card handy! # Don’t forget to include your name, address, phone no and credit card details.
BY INTERNET:^
siliconchip.com.au
24 Hours 7 Days
^ You will be prompted for required information
There’s also a handy order form inside this issue.
Exclusive in SILICON
Australia to: CHIP siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
November 2008 97
|